Solana (SOL) holds $75–$85 support as compression builds. A breakout above $110 could open a path toward $500 in 2026 and $1,400 by 2030.
SOL stabilizes near $80 with bullish compression forming. Reclaiming $120 may trigger upside toward $500 in 2026 and higher long-term.
Solana (SOL) is trading at a moment where valuation and velocity have sharply diverged. At roughly $84, the market is pricing SOL as if growth has stalled, yet network throughput remains among the highest across Layer-1 ecosystems, validator distribution remains stable, and ecosystem development activity continues to expand. The chart currently reflects structural weakness, but cyclical compression.
Technically, SOL is coiling within a descending channel while repeatedly defending a historically reactive demand band in the $75–$85 range. This configuration, prolonged compression at support with declining volatility, often precedes expansion phases rather than extended downside. With February already halfway through 2026, the market now faces a decisive structural test.
As of mid-February, Solana continues to respect a lower boundary support zone that previously acted as accumulation during prior cycles. Solana price recently wicked below short-term moving averages before reclaiming them intraday, suggesting that buyers are actively absorbing supply near $80. However, momentum indicators are flattening after extended bearish pressure, while volume has begun to show subtle expansion on bounce attempts. If SOL sustains above $90 and reclaims the mid-channel resistance near $110, a recovery toward the $130–$150 liquidity cluster becomes technically feasible within the coming weeks.
A failure to hold the $75 support zone would expose SOL to a temporary sweep toward $65, a region aligning with prior breakout structure from the previous cycle. At present, price behavior indicates stabilization rather than breakdown.
Solana (SOL) Price Prediction 2026
The broader 2026 outlook will likely depend on whether Solana can break decisively above its descending channel and reclaim the 200-day moving average with sustained volume. If the first half of 2026 transitions from compression to breakout, SOL could progressively build higher lows and challenge macro resistance levels around $180 and $240.
A confirmed breakout above $240 would invalidate the broader corrective structure and reopen the pathway toward $320–$350. In a sustained bullish macro environment, particularly if Bitcoin dominance rotates into high-beta Layer-1 assets, Solana has the structural capacity to extend toward the $450–$500 range by late 2026. That target aligns with historical expansion multiples seen in previous cycle recoveries. Conversely, if liquidity conditions remain tight and macro resistance zones reject price repeatedly, SOL may consolidate between $70 and $180 for an extended period before staging a delayed breakout.
Solana Crypto Price Prediction 2026 – 2030
Year
Potential Low ($)
Potential Average ($
Potential High ($)
2026
70
200
500
2027
180
320
600
2028
300
420
720
2029
500
750
1000
2030
880
1200
1400
Solana (SOL) Price Prediction 2026
In 2026, Solana price could project a low price of $70.00, an average price of $200, and a high of $500.
Solana Price Prediction 2027
As per the Solana Price Prediction 2027, Solana may see a potential low price of $180. The potential high for Solana price in 2027 is estimated to reach $600.
Solana Price Forecast 2028
In 2028, Solana price is forecasted to potentially reach a low price of $300 and a high price of $720.
SOL Price Prediction 2029
Thereafter, the Solana (Solana) price for the year 2029 could range between $500 and $1000.
Solana (SOL) Price Prediction 2030
Finally, in 2030, the price of Solana is predicted to maintain a steady positive. It may trade between $880 and $1400.
The long-term projection assumes Solana sustains relevance in enterprise blockchain use cases, with growth moderating over time as the asset matures.
Year
Potential Low ($)
Potential Average ($)
Potential High ($)
2031
1200
1500
1800
2032
1600
2000
2300
2033
1900
2400
3000
2040
3200
4800
5000
2050
5500
7500
10000
Solana (SOL) Price Prediction: Market Analysis?
Year
2026
2027
2030
Changelly
$220.00
$350
$500
CoinCodex
$350.00
$400
$600
WalletInvestor
$300.00
$450
$550
CoinPedia’s Solana Price Prediction
Coinpedia’s price prediction for Solana highlights that if SOL holds the $75–$80 and reclaims $120 mark during the first half of 2026, the probability of a broader expansion toward $500 by year-end strengthens considerably. Over the longer term, if ecosystem development and liquidity growth persist, SOL could gradually position itself toward $1,400 by 2030 under favorable macro conditions.
Year
Potential Low ($)
Potential Average ($)
Potential High ($)
2026
70
200
500
Never Miss a Beat in the Crypto World!
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
FAQs
What is Solana’s price prediction for 2026?
If SOL holds $75–$85 and breaks $240 with strong volume, 2026 targets range from $200 average to a possible $500 high in a bullish cycle.
How high could Solana go by 2030?
Under strong macro and ecosystem growth, Solana could reach a high of around $1,400 by 2030, with $880 as a projected floor.
How much will 1 SOL be worth in 2040?
If adoption expands and the network matures, projections suggest SOL could trade between $3,200 and $5,000 by 2040.
How much will Solana cost in 20 years?
Long-term models estimate SOL could range between $5,500 and $10,000 by 2050 if usage, liquidity, and demand steadily grow.
The ADA price might not always react to governance edits or backend integrations, but beneath the surface, Cardano is stacking infrastructure at a serious pace. While traders obsess over the ADA/USD pair and short-term volatility, the ecosystem is quietly expanding its technical footprint. And not all of that work makes headlines.
The Quiet Builders Behind Cardano
Cardano’s ecosystem often gets attention for launches, debates, and big roadmap promises. But as highlighted recently, much of the heavy lifting happens out of sight. The CIP (Cardano Improvement Proposal) process, which shapes technical standards across the network, has reportedly been pushed forward this year through relentless editing, review cycles, coordination, and detail-oriented revisions.
It’s unglamorous work. Typos fixed. Drafts cleaned up. Proposals nudged across the finish line. Yet without that stewardship, the broader Cardano machine doesn’t function smoothly. Infrastructure maturity rarely shows up directly on the ADA price chart, but it lays the groundwork for long-term ecosystem stability.
XRP and Cross-Chain Conversations
Meanwhile, the ecosystem narrative is widening. As discussions around potential $XRP integration into Cardano’s DeFi landscape are now circulating publicly. The idea centers on interoperability, so that it can act as a bridge between ecosystems rather than competition between them.
Cardano founder Charles Hoskinson discusses exploring $XRP integration possibilities within Cardano’s DeFi landscape.
A potential bridge between ecosystems, positive signal for broader blockchain interoperability. pic.twitter.com/KSkl69bxlO
If such integration materializes, it would signal a broader strategic posture: Cardano positioning itself as connective tissue in a multi-chain future. For ADA price prediction discussions, that kind of interoperability theme often feeds longer-term speculation, though tangible impact depends on execution and adoption.
But that’s not the only cross-chain move in play.
LayerZero and Omnichain Expansion
One of the most significant updates comes from the approval of a major interoperability integration: LayerZero joining the ecosystem. LayerZero is described as one of Web3’s most adopted omnichain messaging protocols, linking 150+ blockchains and enabling access to 400+ tokens and more than $80 billion in omnichain assets.
That’s scale. The integration is framed as the largest cross-chain connectivity expansion in Cardano’s history, opening doors to stablecoin liquidity, tokenized real-world assets, and shared DeFi infrastructure across networks. Delivery now moves into deployment, with milestones expected as progress continues.
BREAKING NEWS
CARDANO IS GOING POST-QUANTUM WITH GOOGLE & MICROSOFT@IOHK_Charles says Cardano is working alongside Google, Linux, and Microsoft Research on Nightstream, a cutting-edge post-quantum cryptography project.
At the same time, Cardano is reportedly collaborating with Google, Linux, and Microsoft Research on a post-quantum cryptography initiative called Nightstream. Built on lattice-based cryptography, it’s designed to be quantum-resistant and AI hardware compatible, this is a long-horizon play that signals technical ambition beyond current market cycles.
In the short term, infrastructure milestones don’t guarantee immediate reactions on the ADA/USD chart. But steady interoperability expansion, governance maturation, and research-level partnerships collectively reshape how ADA price is evaluated in long-term positioning conversations.
The Bitcoin price is once again sitting in “Extreme Fear.” Historically, that label has marked some of the best accumulation zones the market has ever seen. But 2026 isn’t seeing one particular event based crash. And the structure behind current selloff looks very different.
Let’s rewind. Back in 2012, price collapsed to $7.10. During the Mt. Gox crisis, it dropped to $421.55. The 2017–2018 crash bottomed at $3,129.39. The COVID panic low came in at $3,852.65. Then the FTX-driven washout pushed price to $15,642.12. Each of those moments coincided with extreme fear readings. Each time, institutional interest was minimal, and government support was nonexistent, and retail capitulation defined the mood. And eventually, rallies followed.
Extreme Fear Then and Now
Fast forward to the 2026 crash. A low of $60,001.01 on Coinbase has printed in February while sentiment sits in the same “Extreme Fear” zone.
On paper, that sounds familiar. Historically, fear extremes have aligned with major bottoms on the Bitcoin price chart. But here’s the complication: the market today is saturated with institutional flows, ETF structures, and macro-driven liquidity cycles.
This isn’t just retail panic anymore. The fear and greed index may reflect retail sentiment, but in a market increasingly influenced by ETF sponsors and large capital allocators, that dial might not be accurate this time.
ETFs and Macro Pressure
Well, here’s the reason why a dip has more odds. If institutions tend to scale in at discounted levels, the indicator could simply be lagging liquidation events rather than signaling recovery. In other words, extreme fear might just be a snapshot of damage already done and its not confirmation that selling pressure has ended.
Macro-driven selloffs also muddy the picture. BTC/USD doesn’t move in isolation when broader markets tighten. Risk-off environments can override sentiment-based signals, especially if forced liquidations are still unfolding.
Historically, the most powerful accumulation phases began when even dip-buyers went quiet. We’re approaching that disbelief phase, but whether it’s fully played out is another question.
Whale Activity Adds Pressure
And then there’s whale activity. A prominent known whale wallet recently deposited another 5,000 $BTC thats worth $348.82 million into Binance. Large inflows to exchanges often precede potential distribution. That doesn’t guarantee selling, but it adds supply-side uncertainty at a fragile moment.
Bitcoin just reclaimed $70,000 — but Garrett Jin(#BitcoinOG1011short) is selling again!
Extreme fear alone isn’t a timing tool. Until forced liquidations ease and spot demand absorbs supply without heavy reliance on sentiment gauges, the Bitcoin price remains vulnerable to another leg lower beneath $60K even if history suggests these zones eventually become accumulation opportunities.
Bitcoin is trading around $69,781 after dropping over 44% from its October 2025 all-time high of $126,296.
Four months into this drawdown, new data from Ecoinometrics shows that institutional demand through spot ETFs is still heading in the wrong direction, and history says recoveries from corrections this deep don’t happen fast.
Bitcoin ETF Flows Remain Negative Despite Green Days
Daily ETF numbers have been all over the place. Some days show large inflows, others show heavy selling. But zooming out tells the real story.
Cumulative net flows over the last 10 trading days sit at roughly -18,000 BTC. Spot Bitcoin ETFs have now posted four straight weeks of outflows, with $360 million in net losses this week alone. A small $15.2 million inflow on Friday barely made a dent.
According to Ecoinometrics, isolated positive days don’t signal a shift during bear markets. What actually changes the trend is sustained capital coming in over weeks, not random green days here and there.
Ecoinometrics mapped past drawdowns for both Bitcoin and the Nasdaq 100 by how long they lasted and how deep they went. The pattern is hard to ignore: the longer a drawdown drags on, the deeper it usually gets before bottoming out.
Bitcoin is now 128 days into this correction, with a drop of over 50% at its worst point. Once a drawdown crosses the 100-day mark, history shows recovery takes months, sometimes years, but rarely weeks.
The Nasdaq 100 is also deep into drawdown territory. That matters because when U.S. growth stocks are under pressure, Bitcoin tends to move with them, not away from them.
The Economy Isn’t Weak, and That’s the Problem
Retail sales in the U.S. are still tracking their long-term growth trend. Consumer spending hasn’t rolled over. This is not what a recession looks like.
But that’s exactly why the Fed has no urgency to cut rates. The central bank held steady at 3.5%-3.75% in January, and markets don’t expect the first cut until June at the earliest.
No rate cuts means tighter conditions stick around longer. That keeps pressure on risk assets across the board, and Bitcoin is no exception.
What Should Bitcoin Holders Watch For?
The signal to look for isn’t a single day of ETF inflows or a weekend bounce. It’s persistent buying pressure that lasts for weeks.
Ecoinometrics’ bottom line is straightforward: there’s no sign yet that capital is flowing back into risk. Trying to call the bottom in a slow drawdown like this usually costs more than it’s worth. The smart move right now is patience.
Bitcoin Cash has begun to regain traction as the broader crypto market shows early signs of stabilization. With Bitcoin steadying and sentiment cooling from recent extremes, BCH has quietly pushed back toward the $570–$575 region, posting steady intraday gains while maintaining structural support near $540. The recovery is not explosive, but it is calculated. Beneath the surface, leverage remains elevated and positioning is building near resistance, creating conditions that could define the next major move. The key question now is whether $570 gives way and unlocks a squeeze toward $600.
Liquidation Map Data Reveals a Potential Squeeze Zone
The Binance BCH/USDT liquidation map provides a clear picture of the imbalance forming above current price levels. At approximately $566–$568, BCH price sits just below a dense cluster of short liquidations stacked between $575 and $600, with the heaviest concentration near the $590–$600 region. These represent leveraged short positions that would be forcibly closed if price breaks higher, effectively creating automatic buy pressure.
Below current price, liquidation liquidity is thinner, particularly under $550, which reduces the likelihood of a cascading downside event unless support decisively fails. When liquidity pools cluster above resistance while open interest rises, markets often gravitate toward those zones. If BCH reclaims $580 with sustained volume and momentum, the probability of a short squeeze accelerates materially as forced buy orders stack on top of organic demand.
BCH Price Structure Tilts Toward Breakout Attempt
As the broader market exhibits a recovery, Bitcoin Cash price bounced off from the range’s support zone of $540 and retested the 50 day EMA hurdle. It has been trading within a narrow range, where buyers are gradually stepping in earlier on each pullback. The $590-$600 region remains the critical resistance band. BCH price is now coiling within a tightening range between the support near $550 and horizontal resistance at $600.
A decisive daily close above $600 would invalidate the short-term lower-high structure and open the path toward $640 first, followed by the $675–$700 liquidity pocket where prior distribution occurred. Failure to hold $550 would weaken the setup and reintroduce downside risk toward $510. For now, the structure favors a breakout attempt, but confirmation still requires a sustained push above resistance.
Recent derivatives data shows a sharp rise in trading activity. The 24-hour futures volume has climbed to $905.22 million, while spot volume remains comparatively modest at $91.64 million, signaling that speculative positioning rather than passive spot accumulation is driving the current move.
At the same time, open interest has increased 11.60% to $771.89 million, and total derivatives volume has surged 57.03% to $907.13 million. Rising open interest alongside rising price typically indicates that new positions are entering the market rather than shorts merely covering. This dynamic is important because when price increases while open interest expands, markets often move toward liquidity events. If momentum continues, overleveraged participants can quickly become fuel for acceleration.
Final Thoughts
Bitcoin Cash (BCH) is not simply participating in the broader market recovery, it is approaching a leverage-heavy inflection point. With BCH price at $566.84, futures volume exceeding $900 million, and open interest nearing $772 million, speculative positioning is elevated enough to create volatility once resistance is tested. If BCH clears $600 with sustained volume, the concentration of short liquidations above that level could trigger a rapid expansion phase. If resistance holds, the range remains intact and consolidation may continue.
Bittensor (TAO) price recently pushed above the key $200 level, signalling renewed bullish momentum after weeks of consolidation. However, the breakout quickly attracted selling pressure, pulling the token back below the psychological threshold and triggering a short-term correction. The move highlights how closely traders are watching this zone as a critical decision level.
Despite the pullback, TAO continues to trade within a broader bullish structure on the higher timeframe. The recent dip appears more like a controlled retracement rather than a full trend reversal. If buyers manage to defend nearby support and reclaim $200 with strength, the correction could soon fade, opening the path for a fresh attempt toward higher resistance levels in the coming sessions.
Will Bittensor Price Trigger a V-Shaped Recovery?
TAO remains in a clear downtrend, forming consistent lower highs since the November peak near $500. The descending trendline continues to cap upside attempts, while the 200-day SMA sits much higher around the $310 region, confirming that the broader trend remains bearish.
The recent rally toward $200 marks the first meaningful bounce after a sharp capitulation-style drop. However, price is still trading below the descending trendline, the 200-day SMA and the major horizontal resistance zone near $220, keeping the higher-timeframe structure cautious.
The MACD is showing early signs of a bullish crossover from deeply negative territory. Histogram bars are shrinking, suggesting bearish momentum is weakening. This often precedes a relief rally or short-term trend reversal. Volume expanded during the recent bounce, indicating genuine buying interest rather than a weak dead-cat bounce. However, sustained upside requires continued volume expansion on breakout attempts.
$200 can be considered as a psychological level that may further push the rally towards the demand zone between $220 and $230, if secured in time. Although the pivotal resistance zone around $300 is distant, the price range between $120 and $217 may act as a strong base and trigger a strong upswing.
Can the Bittensor (TAO) Price Reach $500?
The Bittensor price is displaying strength, but a weekly close above $200 is mandatory to keep up the bullish trend. With this, the rally may enter the bullish range, raising the possibility of a V-shaped recovery to the neckline around $300. Only a sustained rise above this range may increase the possibility of a strong upswing to $500; otherwise, the TAO price may remain consolidated below the range until the required volume kicks in.
On Feb. 13, U.S. spot Bitcoin ETFs attracted a modest $15.20 million in net inflows, reversing recent outflow pressure seen earlier in the week, with Fidelity’s FBTC leading with about $11.99 million collected. Meanwhile, spot Ethereum ETFs also saw $10.26 million in net inflows, as Grayscale’s Ethereum Mini Trust ETF recorded the largest single-day gain of $14.51 million, marking a short-term rebound in institutional appetite for core crypto products amid ongoing market volatility and rotation in investment flows.
A Satoshi era Bitcoin wallet that had remained silent for more than 14 years has suddenly come back to life. Shortly after this dormant Bitcoin wallet was activated, it bought nearly 7,000 BTC worth around $470 million.
This massive move has raised an important question in the market, does this Bitcoin whale know something others don’t?
Satoshi Era Wallet Activated After 14 Years
According to blockchain analytics firm Arkham Intelligence, a Satoshi era wallet identified as “Satoshi Whale” with the address (bc1qq) received 7,068 BTC, worth nearly $470 million.
This sudden transfer triggered a strong BTC whale alert across the market. When a dormant Bitcoin wallet was activated after 14 years, it immediately drew the attention of traders and analysts.
BREAKING
A SATOSHI-ERA WALLET JUST SCOOPED UP 7,000 $BTC — WORTH APPROXIMATELY $470 MILLION.
AFTER BEING DORMANT SINCE 2012, THE ADDRESS SUDDENLY CAME BACK TO LIFE AND WENT HEAVY INTO BITCOIN.
WHEN OLD COINS START MOVING LIKE THIS, IT’S NOT RANDOM.
Following this move, the Bitcoin Price rallied more than 4% and is currently trading around $69,413, showing how sensitive the market is to major whale transactions.
Bitcoin Whale Activity Shows Signs of Major Market Position Shifts
This level of Bitcoin whale activity suggests high conviction. Crypto analysts believe this could be a clear case of Bitcoin whale accumulation. Historically, similar accumulation phases by large holders have appeared near market bottoms.
However, on-chain data from CryptoQuant shows mixed signals. While Bitcoin trades near $68,813, the Spent Output Value Bands data shows that the 100–1K BTC group makes up 24.39% of spending, and the 1K–10K BTC whales account for 23.98%. This means big players are active.
If whale selling drops below 20%, stronger accumulation could begin. But if it stays above 25%, Bitcoin may remain stuck between $65,000 and $75,000 in the short term.
Eventually, in the last 96 hours Whales have distributed over 20,000 Bitcoin, roughly $1.40 billion.
Bitcoin Price Prediction
As of now, Bitcoin is trading around $70,260, reflecting a rise of 5% seen in the last 24 hours. Looking at the 3-day price chart, an early TD Sequential buy signal has appeared. According to the chart analyst, Ali Charts, the TD Sequential indicator is commonly used to identify trend exhaustion.
When a “9” count prints after a series of consecutive bearish candles, it suggests that selling pressure may be weakening.
Based on the historical behavior of this indicator, Bitcoin could see a recovery phase over the next 3 to 9 days.
If Bitcoin holds above the recent low near $64,000, bulls may attempt to push toward the $72,000 and $75,000 resistance zone.
Bitcoin is once again testing investor confidence. After falling below $66,000 and triggering about $177 million in long liquidations, BTC quickly bounced back above $69,000, forcing nearly $140 million in short positions to close. This sharp move in both directions shows that the market is being driven more by leveraged trades than steady buying or selling.
At the time of writing, Bitcoin is trading around $68,752. However, market mood remains weak. The Bitcoin Fear and Greed Index has dropped to 9, which signals Extreme Fear. Even though the price looks stable, many traders are hesitant and unsure about the next move.
Bitcoin Key Price Levels to Watch
Right now, price movement is focused on important support and resistance zones.
On the downside, the $63,000–$65,000 range is an important support area. If selling pressure increases, Bitcoin could revisit this zone. A break below it may lead to further downside.
On the upside, the $69,000–$71,000 range is acting as strong resistance. If buyers manage to push the price above this level and hold it, Bitcoin could aim for higher levels. If not, the price may pull back again before trying another move up. Data from Glassnode shows that although Bitcoin has been moving between $65,000 and $73,000 recently, traders in the options market expect a bigger price swing soon. This suggests the current calm may not last long.
Why $55,000 Is Important for Bitcoin Price?
According to CryptoQuant, Bitcoin’s realized price is close to $55,000. The realized price represents the average price at which coins last moved on-chain. In previous bear markets, Bitcoin often dropped 24% to 30% below this level before forming a strong bottom.
For now, Bitcoin is still well above $55,000. This means the market has not seen full panic selling yet. On-chain data also shows that more than half of the Bitcoin supply is still in profit. Long-term holders are not selling heavily, which suggests the market has not reached a deep crisis point.
Historically, major bottoms do not form in one sudden crash. They usually take several months of sideways movement and repeated testing of support levels.
What Happens Next for BTC?
If selling pressure increases, Bitcoin could move toward the $55,000 level, or even the low $50,000 range. On the other hand, if buyers push the price above $70,000 and hold it, confidence could slowly return.
For now, Bitcoin remains in a sensitive phase. Fear is high, volatility is building, and price is moving between key support and resistance levels. The next few months will likely decide whether this is the start of a deeper correction or the early stage of recovery.
Never Miss a Beat in the Crypto World!
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
FAQs
How do large liquidations impact everyday Bitcoin investors?
Sharp liquidations can widen price swings and increase short-term risk, especially for traders using leverage. Long-term holders are usually less affected unless volatility triggers broader panic selling. For new investors, sudden moves can create emotional decision-making and poor entry timing.
Why does options market activity suggest bigger price moves ahead?
When options traders price in higher implied volatility, it signals expectations of a significant breakout or breakdown. This often attracts short-term speculators and hedgers, which can amplify momentum once a key level is breached. Increased derivatives positioning can also accelerate moves in either direction.
What signals would confirm a stronger market recovery?
Sustained spot buying, rising trading volume, and improving funding rates would indicate healthier demand. A shift in sentiment from fear toward neutral or greed typically supports steadier upward trends. Stability above major resistance for several weeks would further strengthen confidence.
Who benefits most during high-volatility phases like this?
Market makers, short-term traders, and hedged institutional participants often benefit from rapid price swings. Volatility creates more trading opportunities and spreads. However, investors without risk management strategies may face higher losses during sharp reversals.
X head of product Nikita Bier confirmed on Saturday that the platform will roll out Smart Cashtags in the coming weeks, letting users trade stocks and crypto directly from their timeline. The announcement reignited buzz around a feature Bier first teased in January with a February 2026 launch target.
“I genuinely want crypto to proliferate on X, but applications that create incentives to spam, raid, and harass random users is not the way,” Bier said. “And yes, we are launching a number of features in a couple weeks, including Smart Cashtags that will enable you to trade stocks and crypto directly from timeline.”
How Smart Cashtags Work
Smart Cashtags upgrade X’s existing $TICKER system. Instead of a basic text mention, users will be able to tag exact assets or even specific smart contract addresses when posting. Tapping a Smart Cashtag will show real-time prices, charts, and all mentions of that asset across the platform.
Bier confirmed the API powering the feature will work in near real-time for anything minted on-chain. That means even smaller-cap tokens not listed on major exchanges could show up alongside stocks like $NVDA or $BRK.B.
X is the best source for financial news — and hundreds of billions of dollars are deployed based on things people read here.
We are building Smart Cashtags that allow you to specify the exact asset (or smart contract) when posting a ticker. From Timeline, users will be able to… pic.twitter.com/nFtuA2ISqJ
X has about 700 million active users and holds money transmitter licenses in over 25 U.S. states.
Bier pointed to the platform’s outsized role in markets, saying, “X is the best source for financial news -and hundreds of billions of dollars are deployed based on things people read here.”
Solana Labs jumped on the announcement early, noting Smart Cashtags would support Solana-based tokens. Bier is an advisor to Solana and a venture partner at Lightspeed Venture Partners.
Binance co-founder Changpeng Zhao also publicly welcomed the feature.
X Has Been Here Before
X briefly launched cashtag price charts through TradingView and eToro back in late 2022 before pulling the feature. Former CEO Linda Yaccarino announced in-app trading plans before resigning in mid-2025.
Bier said the team is collecting feedback ahead of a public release. Whether Smart Cashtags actually go live this month is still unclear, but the February window he originally set is now open.
Never Miss a Beat in the Crypto World!
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
FAQs
What are Smart Cashtags on X?
Smart Cashtags are interactive $TICKER tags on X that show live prices, charts, and posts, letting users trade stocks and crypto directly from their timeline.
When will Smart Cashtags launch on X?
X says Smart Cashtags are rolling out in the coming weeks, with the previously targeted February 2026 launch window now open.
Will Smart Cashtags support small or on-chain crypto tokens?
Yes. The system uses near real-time on-chain data, so even smaller-cap tokens and specific smart contracts can appear if supported.
Why do Smart Cashtags matter for crypto investors?
With 700M users, X can move markets fast. Built-in trading could speed up discovery, liquidity, and retail participation in stocks and crypto.
Market Structure Warning: Bitcoin Flows Being Absorbed by Sellers
Bitcoin is showing signs of heavy selling pressure despite strong capital inflows this year. In 2025, more than $308 billion entered the market, yet total market capitalization declined instead of rising.That suggests new money is being absorbed by sellers rather than driving momentum higher. When supply outweighs demand, price struggles to respond positively.In this type of environment, aggressive momentum strategies tend to underperform. Until selling pressure eases, fresh capital may continue to be absorbed rather than rewarded.
February 14, 2026 10:39:30 UTC
X to Launch Bitcoin and Crypto Trading for 1B+ Users Within Weeks
X is preparing to roll out crypto and stock trading directly on its platform within the next few weeks. Product lead Nikita Bier confirmed that “Smart Cashtags” will soon let users tap on a ticker to see live prices, charts, and place trades without leaving the app. The move will allow buying and selling of Bitcoin and other assets straight from the timeline, marking another big step in X’s plan to become an all-in-one app.
JUST IN: X to launch crypto and stock trading directly from the timeline within a "couple weeks."
Brazil Lawmakers Push Plan to Buy 1 Million Bitcoin for Sovereign Reserve
Lawmakers in Brazil’s Chamber of Deputies have reintroduced a bold proposal to create a Strategic Sovereign Bitcoin Reserve, known as RESBit. The updated bill outlines plans for the government to purchase up to 1 million Bitcoin over the next five years. If approved, the move would position Brazil among the largest state holders of Bitcoin globally. The proposal will now move to committee review for further discussion and evaluation.
Brazil just reintroduced a bill to acquire 1 MILLION bitcoin as a national strategic reserve.
Not 1,000. Not 10,000. One million BTC. ~$69 billion at today's prices.
Grayscale Files for AAVE Spot ETF, Expands Altcoin ETF Race
Grayscale Investments has submitted an S-1 filing to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission to launch a spot AAVE ETF, marking a major step toward bringing decentralized finance into traditional markets.AAVE powers one of the largest DeFi lending platforms, and Bitwise Asset Management has also filed for a similar product. The move signals that the ETF race is expanding beyond Bitcoin and Ethereum, potentially giving retail investors easier access to DeFi through standard brokerage accounts.
Memecoin Selloff May Be Nearing Exhaustion as Sentiment Hits Extreme Lows
The total memecoin market capitalization has fallen about 34% over the past month, tracking the broader crypto market decline. According to on-chain analytics firm Santiment, many traders now view the sector as “permanently dead.” However, the firm notes that such extreme negative sentiment has historically appeared near market bottoms. In past cycles, when confidence dropped this sharply, rebounds often followed as selling pressure began to fade.
February 14, 2026 10:32:18 UTC
Bitcoin ETF Investors Held Steady During Volatility
BlackRock says Bitcoin ETF investors did not panic during last week’s market swings. Robert Mitchnick revealed that only about 0.2% of the firm’s iShares Bitcoin Trust (IBIT) saw redemptions, despite heavy volatility.For a fund that has grown to nearly $100 billion in record time, that level of outflow is minimal. According to BlackRock, major liquidations happened on leveraged trading platforms, not through ETFs.
February 14, 2026 10:28:35 UTC
Bitcoin Price Closes at $68,900 on CME, Eyes $71K–$73K Next Week
Bitcoin closed at $68,900 on the CME, setting the tone for what could be a quiet weekend. With volatility cooling off, price action may stay range-bound and consolidate around current levels over the next couple of days. However, momentum could pick up next week. A move toward the $71,000–$73,000 range looks possible if buyers step back in. That zone may also attract profit-taking, making it an area traders will watch closely for a potential pullback.
Shares of Nasdaq-listed Helius Medical Technologies (HSDT) surged nearly 15% after the company announced a new lending program linked to staked Solana (SOL).
The company will now let institutions borrow against their staked SOL without selling or unstaking it. This move pushed investor interest higher, especially after the stock had touched record lows earlier this week.
How the Lending Program Works
HSDT partnered with Anchorage Digital and Kamino Finance to launch the program.
Institutions can keep their SOL staked, continue earning rewards, and still borrow funds. The assets remain in custody while firms access liquidity. Companies do not need to sell tokens to raise cash.
This setup helps institutions manage cash needs while holding long-term crypto investments.
Solana’s price has fallen from highs near $245 to around $83 during the broader market correction. The drop has hurt companies that hold large SOL reserves.
HSDT remains well below levels seen before it shifted to a Solana treasury strategy. The recent stock jump reflects optimism about better capital management, not a full recovery in crypto prices.
Market Impact
Several SOL-focused firms are adjusting their approach. Some are increasing staking operations to earn steady rewards. Others are exploring additional income strategies.
The broader crypto market still faces pressure. However, companies continue building financial tools around staking and lending. Investors reacted positively to signs that institutions are improving risk management instead of exiting the space.
For now, the stock rally signals cautious confidence as firms look for ways to strengthen their position during a volatile market.
Never Miss a Beat in the Crypto World!
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
FAQs
Can institutions borrow against staked Solana without unstaking?
Yes. The program allows firms to keep SOL staked, earn rewards, and access liquidity without selling or removing tokens from custody.
Is this program a sign of a Solana price recovery?
Not necessarily. The stock rally reflects improved capital strategy, while SOL prices remain lower amid broader market volatility.
What does this mean for institutional crypto adoption?
It signals growing use of structured lending tools, showing institutions are refining risk management rather than exiting crypto markets.
Ethereum price has pushed decisively back above the $2,000 mark, trading between $2,060 and $2,080 after gaining more than 6% in the latest session. While the broader crypto market has turned positive, ETH’s rebound carries deeper structural implications as institutional flows stabilize and on-chain participation accelerates. The move follows weeks of pressure that saw Ethereum retest the lower boundary of its multi-month range. However, fresh ETF data, improving network activity, and historical volatility patterns now suggest the rebound may be evolving beyond a simple relief rally.
ETF Inflows Flip Positive After Heavy Outflows
Data from U.S. spot Ethereum ETFs shows a meaningful shift in capital flows. On Feb. 13, ETFs recorded $10.26 million in daily net inflows, reversing back-to-back outflows of $129.18 million (Feb. 11) and $113.10 million (Feb. 12). Cumulative net inflows now stand at $11.65 billion, while total net assets hover around $11.72 billion. Daily total value traded reached $1.10 billion, highlighting that institutional participation remains active even amid volatility.
This shift is particularly notable given the aggressive withdrawals seen at the end of January, including a $252.87 million outflow on Jan. 30 and $155.61 million on Jan. 29. The stabilization and quick return of capital suggest repositioning rather than capitulation.
Tom Lee’s Historical V-Bottom Thesis Gains Traction
Market attention has also turned to Fundstrat’s Tom Lee, who argues that Ethereum may be setting up for another classic V-shaped rebound. His thesis is grounded in repeated historical behavior. Since 2018, Ethereum has endured eight separate drawdowns exceeding 50%, with declines ranging between -50% and -81%. In every instance, the correction eventually gave way to sharp V-bottom recoveries once leverage was flushed and macro pressures stabilized. The 2022 cycle serves as a prominent example. After collapsing more than 80% from its peak, ETH staged a powerful recovery as inflation peaked and monetary tightening expectations softened. Similar snapback rallies occurred in prior reset cycles when positioning became overly defensive.
JUST IN : Ethereum might be down, but Tom Lee says don’t get too comfortable being bearish.
He believes $ETH is setting up for a V-shaped rebound.
His reasoning is simple: Since 2018, Ethereum has crashed over 50% eight different times… and every single time it eventually… pic.twitter.com/zTxeG2iuDT
Lee’s perspective aligns with current conditions. Sentiment recently turned cautious, price retraced significantly from highs, ETF outflows peaked late January, and now flows are stabilizing while on-chain activity strengthens. This convergence of reset positioning and improving fundamentals mirrors the early stages of prior V-shaped recoveries.
Ethereum’s Network Growth Strengthen the Bullish Case
Network usage data adds another layer of confirmation. Ethereum’s active addresses have risen to cycle expansion levels, according to recent analytics. This increase in network participation has occurred even while price was correcting earlier this year. In prior cycles- notably 2017, 2020, and 2021, sustained expansions in active addresses either preceded or aligned with strong price appreciation phases.
The current divergence between rising participation and earlier price compression suggests that structural demand remained intact.
Such behavior typically reflects accumulation rather than speculative exhaustion. When network growth accelerates while price stabilizes, it often marks the early stage of a broader recovery cycle rather than a short-lived bounce.
Ethereum Price Structure Shows Early Signs Of Reversal
Following a severe decline, Ethereum price has rebounded from the demand zone of $1600 and reclaimed the $2000 mark. The latest recovery is technically significant because it follows a classic liquidity sweep beneath the $1800-$2000 demand zone before aggressively reclaiming lost territory.
By reclaiming the lower boundary and pushing decisively above $2k, ETH has shifted from distribution risk back toward re-accumulation structure. The short-term moving averages are beginning to flatten and curl upward, signaling improving momentum.
In case of further upward movement, immediate resistance sits near $2200-$2450. A sustained close above the region would invalidate the lower-high structure and open the path toward $2500-$2800 where broader macro resistance aligns. On the downside, $1900 now acts as the first-line support, while $1800 remains the deeper structural defense level that must hold to preserve the bullish reset narrative.
FAQs
Why is Ethereum price going up today?
Ethereum is rallying due to a rebound in institutional ETF inflows, rising on-chain network activity, and historical patterns suggesting a classic V-shaped recovery after a deep correction.
Is Ethereum a good investment right now?
While no investment is guaranteed, recent data shows institutional flows stabilizing and network growth accelerating, which historically signals structural demand and potential for a broader recovery cycle.
What is the price prediction for Ethereum?
If momentum continues, ETH faces immediate resistance at $2,200-$2,450. A break above that level could open a path toward the $2,500-$2,800 range. Key support sits at $1,900.
What support levels matter if Ethereum pulls back again?
Immediate support is near $1,900, with $1,800 as critical structural support to maintain the current bullish recovery setup.
China’s State Council has issued new implementation guidelines to accelerate the creation of a unified national electricity market, with a strong focus on digital infrastructure and green energy accountability. A key highlight is the proposal to comprehensively introduce blockchain and other technologies to enable full-chain certification of green electricity production and consumption.
The policy, outlined in a State Council document, aims to strengthen traceability in renewable power usage and explore incorporating green certificates into carbon emission accounting systems. This marks a notable intersection between blockchain technology, energy reform, and carbon market development.
How the Plan Will Work
Under the proposal, blockchain would be used to verify and record renewable energy generation and consumption across the entire value chain. Green certificates, which certify that electricity was generated from renewable sources, would become digitally traceable, helping prevent fraud and double-counting.
The broader electricity reform plan targets the establishment of a fully unified national electricity market by 2030, with around 70% of total power consumption conducted through market-based trading. By 2035, China aims for complete integration of inter-provincial and regional electricity trading, unified pricing mechanisms, and mature spot and capacity markets.
The integration of blockchain into this system would enhance transparency and credibility, particularly as China works to link green power consumption with carbon accounting and emissions reduction goals.
While the policy does not directly mention cryptocurrencies, it is significant for the blockchain sector. Government-level endorsement of blockchain for national infrastructure reinforces China’s distinction between speculative crypto trading, which remains restricted, and strategic blockchain deployment.
This move could boost enterprise blockchain adoption, particularly in energy, carbon markets, and supply chain traceability. It also signals that blockchain is becoming embedded in critical infrastructure, not just financial applications.
For the broader crypto market, sentiment may remain mixed. China continues to maintain tight controls on crypto trading and mining, so this is not a reopening of digital asset markets. However, the policy strengthens the global narrative that blockchain technology has long-term institutional value.
Current Market Sentiment
Globally, crypto markets are navigating volatility, regulatory pressure, and increasing institutional involvement. China’s blockchain-backed green electricity initiative adds another layer to the evolving narrative. Governments may resist decentralized currencies, but they are actively adopting distributed ledger technology where it enhances transparency and efficiency.
If implemented successfully, China’s model could influence how other nations integrate blockchain into energy certification and carbon accounting systems, expanding the technology’s role in the real economy, even as crypto markets continue to fluctuate.
Never Miss a Beat in the Crypto World!
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
FAQs
How will China use blockchain in its national electricity market?
China plans to use blockchain to track renewable energy production and consumption, creating tamper-resistant digital records for green power.
What are green electricity certificates and why do they matter?
Green certificates verify electricity came from renewable sources. Digital tracking helps prevent fraud and supports accurate carbon accounting.
Will China’s new policy allow cryptocurrency trading again?
No. The policy supports blockchain for infrastructure use, but China continues strict controls on crypto trading and mining.
Could other countries adopt a similar blockchain energy model?
Yes. If successful, China’s system may guide other nations seeking transparent renewable tracking and stronger carbon market systems.
After a long week of extreme fear, the crypto market today is showing a strong sign of recovery, climbing 4% to hover around $2.36 trillion. The leading cryptocurrency, Bitcoin (BTC), is up 5% and trading around $69,563.
Other large cap coins, such as Ethereum (ETH), Solana (SOL), XRP, and Dogecoin, have seen a rise of 6% to 10%.
Now the question is, why crypto market price up today
Why the Crypto Market is Going up today, February 14
Cooler US Inflation Sparks Crypto Rally
One of the biggest reasons behind the crypto market rally today is the latest U.S. inflation data. According to the Consumer Price Index (CPI) report released by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics on February 13, annual inflation slowed to 2.4% in January, down from 2.7% in December.
Lower inflation data reduces the pressure on the Federal Reserve to keep interest rates high. As a result, investors are moving back into risk assets like crypto for more return.
As a result, the Bitcoin price today jumped more than 5%, reacting positively to cooling inflation and improving investor confidence.
Bitcoin and Ethereum ETF Inflows Support Crypto Market Recovery
Another major factor behind why crypto market price up today is the return of inflows into Spot ETFs. After several days of outflows, both Bitcoin and Ethereum ETFs saw renewed investor interest.
On February 13, Bitcoin ETFs recorded total inflows of $15.1 million. Fidelity led with $12 million, followed by WisdomTree with $3.6 million, although BlackRock saw a small outflow.
At the same time, Ethereum ETFs recorded inflows of $10.2 million, led by Grayscale. These inflows signal institutional confidence and support the ongoing crypto market rally today.
Massive Short Liquidations Accelerate Bitcoin and Crypto Rally
Another key driver behind why crypto market price up today is large-scale short liquidations. Over the past 24 hours, 96,323 traders were liquidated, with total liquidations reaching $287.68 million.
Notably, around $250 million came from short positions, meaning traders betting against Bitcoin and crypto were forced to close positions.
On-chain data also shows fewer Bitcoin and Ethereum coins moving to exchanges, which signals that investors are holding instead of selling, supporting the current crypto market today recovery.
Bitcoin Leads Recovery as ETH, SOL, and XRP Follow Higher
Bitcoin is once again leading the crypto market, trading near $70,000 after holding support around $65,000. This confirms strong demand and explains why crypto market price up today remains a key discussion point.
Ethereum is also recovering, with the Ethereum price today rising near $2,078 as buying interest returns.
Solana (SOL) is among the top gainers in the top 10 cryptocurrencies, jumping nearly 9% and trading near $86, supported by strong network activity.
Meanwhile, the XRP price today has also increased by 7%, following Bitcoin’s upward momentum and contributing to the overall crypto market rally.
Never Miss a Beat in the Crypto World!
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
FAQs
Why is the crypto market going up today?
The crypto market is rising due to cooler U.S. inflation data, which reduces pressure on the Fed to keep interest rates high, encouraging investment in risk assets like crypto.
How do ETF inflows affect crypto prices?
ETF inflows signal institutional confidence and provide direct buying pressure. Recently, Bitcoin and Ethereum ETFs saw millions in inflows, helping to support and sustain the market rally.
Is this crypto recovery sustainable or just a short-term bounce?
Sustainability depends on continued ETF inflows, stable macro data, and strong support levels, especially for Bitcoin near $65K.
XRP price currently stands at $2.99, with a market capitalization of $179.79 billion. Analysts and AI forecasts alike suggest that XRP could reach $5.05 by the end of 2025. Long-term XRP price predictions also place it as high as $26.50 by 2030, with an ultra-bullish target of $526 by 2050.
Ripple (XRP) remains one of the top five crypto assets in the world, gaining traction as institutional adoption ramps up and its prolonged legal battle approaches resolution. Since President Trump’s return to office, XRP has seen a resurgence in on-chain activity, investor sentiment, and even XRP ETF approved turned it into a bluechip asset.
Now, making this the most ideal time for XRP price prediction 2026-2030 to be in more focus. Read this to know in depth what’s coming next in XRP.
XRP has dropped to $1.15, testing demand from late Q4 2024. If it breaks above $1.63, it might rise to $2.00 or $2.62. If not, it could fall to $1.00 and consolidate there in Q1 2026.
XRP Price Prediction For February 2026
In February, a long-term declining trendline was retested, leading to a significant increase from a monthly low of $1.15, which indicates a rise in demand.
The direction for the remainder of February will depend on whether the XRP price can break through the resistance level of $1.63. If it gains momentum, the next key resistance levels to watch are $1.75 and $2.00. On the other hand, if the price declines, the $1.00 level will act as an important support level.
XRP Price Prediction 2026
On the weekly chart, XRP’s price shows significant weakness, falling to $1.15, which retests the demand area established in late Q4 2024. However, early February saw a quick reversal from this short-term demand level.
If the price continues to recover and manages to surpass $1.63, the uptrend could continue toward $2.00 or even $2.62 in Q1 2026. On the other hand, if $1.63 acts as resistance and the price reverses, we can expect a decline to $1.00, with Q1 possibly spent consolidating around the $1.00 level.
Year
Potential Low
Potential Average
Potential High
2026
$1.75
$3.45
$5.05
XRP Onchain Outlook
The XRP Ledger: DEX Transaction Count chart indicates a significant bullish divergence starting from May 2025. While the price is consolidating, the activity in decentralised exchanges (DEX) is increasing sharply.
The high transaction volume, which includes both orders placed and cancelled, shows that experienced traders are actively positioning themselves and adding liquidity in anticipation of a future price movement.
As a result, this on-chain metric suggests that the market is preparing for a powerful and sustainable rally in the XRP price ahead.
Also, the biggest fact right now in December is that altcoin liquidity is drying up. Projects securing new liquidity channels like ETFs have a better chance of long-term survival, and since November 14th, the XRP ETF has been seeing positive inflows consistently, despite what price action is, and so far, Cumulative Total Net Inflow has crossed $756 million, while total net assets are worth $723.05 million, by December 1st.
Ripple XRP Price Prediction 2026 – 2030
Year
Potential Low ($)
Potential Average ($)
Potential High ($)
XRP Price Prediction 2026
5.50
6.25
8.50
Ripple Price Prediction 2027
7.00
9.0
13.25
XRP Price Prediction 2028
11.25
13.75
16.00
XRP Price Prediction 2029
14.25
16.50
21.50
XRP Price Prediction 2030
17.00
19.75
26.50
This table, based on historical movements, shows XRP price prediction 2030 to reach $26.50 based on compounding market cap each year. This table provides a framework for understanding the potential XRP price movements. Yet, the actual price will depend on a combination of market dynamics, investor behavior, and external factors influencing the cryptocurrency landscape.
Based on historic price sentiments and XRP’s rising popularity, here are the XRP future price projections beyond 2030, where Ripple price forecasts suggest that it has become more speculative. Therefore, assuming continued adoption and dominance, XRP may see aggressive valuations in the decades ahead.
Year
Potential Low ($)
Potential Average ($)
Potential High ($)
2031
25.00
29.50
35.25
2032
31.50
36.75
41.25
2033
35.75
42.25
47.75
2040
97.50
135.50
179.00
2050
219.25
331.50
526.00
A look at this table, highlights the XRP price prediction 2040 and XRP price prediction 2050 potential high ambitious targets but this reflect a transformative vision for XRP as a dominant global payment player.
Market Analysis
Firm Name
2025
2026
2030
Changelly
$2.05
$3.49
$17.76
Coincodex
$2.38
$1.83
$1.66
Binance
$2.16
$2.27
$2.76
Never Miss a Beat in the Crypto World!
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
FAQs
What is the XRP price prediction for 2026?
Analysts estimate XRP could trade between $1.75 and $5.05 in 2026, depending on ETF inflows, adoption growth, and overall crypto market momentum.
What is the XRP price prediction for 2030?
XRP price predictions for 2030 range from $17 to $26.50 if adoption, ETF growth, and crypto market expansion continue steadily.
How much will 1 XRP be worth in 2040?
By 2040, forecasts suggest XRP could trade between $97 and $179 if global payment adoption and institutional demand expand significantly.
Is XRP a good long-term investment?
XRP may suit long-term investors who believe in cross-border payment adoption and regulatory clarity, but price volatility remains a key risk.
What factors could drive XRP price higher?
ETF inflows, Ripple network expansion, legal clarity, and rising on-chain activity are major factors that could support higher XRP prices.
Bitcoin is currently trading at: $ 69,824.78791785
Predictions suggest BTC to hit $150K to $250K before 2026 ends.
Long-term forecasts estimate BTC prices could hit $900K by 2030.
After a historic 2025 that saw Bitcoin shatter records and flip the legendary $125,000 mark, the market has taken a sharp, cooling turn. The early weeks of 2026 have been defined by a “sell-the-news” reality check, leaving many to wonder if the bull run has finally run out of steam or if we are simply witnessing the ultimate “buy the dip” opportunity.
The landscape has shifted. With a pro-crypto administration in the White House and institutional giants like MicroStrategy and Metaplanet treating BTC as a foundational reserve asset, the rules of the game have changed. No longer just a speculative play for retail traders, Bitcoin is now a geopolitical chess piece and a corporate balance sheet staple.
But as the price tests crucial support levels, the big question remains: Is this a temporary correction before a march toward $200,000, or the start of a long-term reset?
In this deep dive, we break down the Bitcoin price prediction for 2026–2030, exploring the massive trends, regulatory shifts, and institutional moves driving this historic cycle. If you want to know where the floor is and how high the ceiling goes. read on for the full scoop.
Coinpedia’s BTC Price Prediction 2026
In early 2026, Bitcoin is in a correction phase after peaking at around $126,296 in October 2025. A potential bottom may occur around December 2026, with significant support expected between $25,900 and $30,350. Historical trends suggest this decline could reach 70%-76%, potentially bringing Bitcoin down to the lower border of the ascending broadening wedge’s support. This period may mark the end of the bear market, with 426 days in total, similar to historical correction periods, and pave the way for a rally in the next year.
What is the Bitcoin price prediction for today?
The BTC price may range between $66,571.61 and $69,665.79 today.
As of mid-February 2026, Bitcoin price is hovering near $70,000 after experiencing a sharp drop from the late January level of around $90,000. In the short term, the $60,000 support level is crucial in preventing BTC from seeking lower areas.
So far, several key levels have been breached, prompting traders to wait for a clear indication of a short-term bottom before making larger bets. Overall, market sentiment clearly appears shaky, leaning more toward the bearish side. The Crypto Fear and Greed Index remains in the Extreme Fear zone, and Bitcoin ETFs have not getting enough inflows since September 2025.
Additionally, the 50-day EMA is currently below the 200-day EMA, indicating that the death cross signal has been in effect since mid-November. A short-term death cross between the 20-day and 50-day EMA bands occurred in late January, further confirming the prevailing bearish trend.
As a result, traders are now looking at the $60,000-$65,000 range as the next line of support. If this level is breached, it could trigger forced selling. February has started off choppy, and this volatility may continue until buyers return in significant numbers. If they do, the first target for February will be $74,750, with a second target of $84,900 in the short term.
While the bearish structure remains dominant, a shift toward a bullish trend will depend on overcoming the $95,700 level of the 200-day EMA. Until that happens, the overall market outlook remains bearish.
Bitcoin Price Prediction 2026
The current price action in early 2026 confirms that Bitcoin price is following a well-defined historical rhythm within its long-term ascending wedge. After reaching a peak of approximately $126,296 in October 2025, the market has entered a significant correction phase.
This peak was not accidental; it represented a direct hit on the upper resistance boundary of the wedge pattern that has governed Bitcoin’s macro price action for years. Historically, these touches lead to extended periods of decline the first major crash from $21,000 lasted 427 days, while the second from $69,000 lasted 426 days. If this 14-month corrective cycle holds true, we are looking at a “target date” for a definitive bottom around December 2026.
The intensity of the sell-off in February 2026 was largely driven by a failure to reclaim the $87,800–$92,950 supply range. According to the anchored volume profile, this zone represented the highest momentum area of the previous bearish move, and once it flipped from support to resistance, the downward pressure has accelerated. Since markets don’t go straight, there will be attempts to rise, but the likelihood is high that they will occur in the future as fakeouts and result in further decline.
As we look toward the remainder of 2026, the charts suggest that the most significant high-momentum demand area sits much lower, specifically between $25,900 and $30,350.
This range represents a crucial “interest zone” where institutional buyers previously stepped in and where the lower support of the ascending wedge is likely to converge by year-end.
Statistically, Bitcoin’s major crashes have shown a trend of diminishing returns in terms of percentage drawdowns. The late 2017 onwards crash saw an 87.25% decline, and the 2022 crash reached 78.65%. Following this trajectory of “dampening volatility,” the current third crash is projected to result in a 70%-76% approx decline. From the $126,000 ATH, a 76% correction would push the price toward that critical $30,000 region.
Consequently, the prediction for December 2026 is a final test of the wedge’s lower border within this demand zone, marking the end of the current bear cycle and setting the stage for the next period of accumulation and next big rally could occur in 2027 onwards.
BTC Price Indicator Analysis 2026
Similarly, the technical indicators shows that Bitcoin price has already entered a danger zone we haven’t seen in years. On a deeper look at the monthly RSI, BTC has a legendary track record of never hitting “oversold” levels; it usually bottoms out right around the 40 mark. Right now, we’re sitting at 44.49 and sliding fast. This isn’t just a dip it’s the classic signal that the bearish momentum is finally taking over and heading for that historical floor.
The indicators under the hood are screaming the same thing. The MACD has already locked in a bearish cross, and the gap between the lines is widening. In past crashes, the selling hasn’t stopped until those lines flattened out near the zero mark. We aren’t even close to that “exhaustion” point yet, meaning there is plenty of room for this to bleed out further.
Even the “smart money” indicator (CMF) is still showing positive inflows for now, but that’s actually the scary part. Once that green line snaps below zero and heads toward -0.20, that’s when the real panic hits. We aren’t at the end of the crash; we’re in the middle of it. Don’t mistake this for exhaustion, as the collapse toward the pattern’s lower border would soon intensify.
Month
Potential Low
Potential Average
Potential High
2026
$30,000-$45,000
$90,000 – $101,000
$115,000 – $118,000
Bitcoin Price On-chain Outlook
Liquidation data shows roughly $5.81 billion on the short side, compared with just over $380 million on the long side. That imbalance matters because it’s completely dominated by bears and bulls, with no room for survival. It suggests traders are leaning into weakness rather than preparing for a sustained rebound.
In other words, the futures market isn’t buying the bounce. It’s betting against it.
And if BTC price drifts lower again, that heavy short positioning could amplify volatility rather than cushion it. This is why any BTC price prediction right now carries asymmetric risk.
Moreover, the BTC long-term holder SOPR chart shows a current value of 0.7, which is below 1, indicating that more long-term investors are selling at a loss. And it’s seen when more holders keep selling at a loss, this metric has a history of hitting the 0.2-0.3 mark, which has truly seen a fresh demand. For now, the long-term trend is more bearish.
Recent Events Affecting Bitcoin’s Price
The transition from late 2025 into early 2026 saw Bitcoin flip from a booming success story into a struggling “bear market.” After hitting its peak in October, the excitement cooled off fast as the fundamental pillars holding up the price began to crumble at the same time.
By December, the “cheap money” era felt officially over. The Federal Reserve confirmed that high interest rates weren’t going anywhere, and the nomination of Kevin Warsh to replace Jerome Powell signaled a shift toward even tighter financial discipline. This left investors spooked, fearing a future without the safety net of central bank support.
The situation worsened in January when big institutional players started pulling their money out of spot ETFs to lock in profits. At the same time, rising tensions between the U.S. and Iran proved that Bitcoin isn’t yet seen as a “safe haven” but investors ditched crypto for actual gold to avoid the risk.
Finally, a “double blow” of bad news drained what was left of the market’s momentum. Crucial crypto legislation, the CLARITY Act, got stuck in the Senate, leaving the industry in legal limbo. Meanwhile, new fears about quantum computing threats to blockchain security started to circulate. Together, these events broke the market’s confidence, pushing the price toward the lower end of its long-term trend.
Bitcoin Crypto Price Prediction 2026 – 2030
Year
Potential Low ($)
Potential Average ($)
Potential High ($)
BTC Price Forecast 2026
150K
200K
230K
BTC Price Prediction 2027
170K
250K
330K
Bitcoin Predictions 2028
200K
350K
450K
BTC Price 2029
275K
500K
640K
Bitcoin Price Prediction 2030
380K
750K
900K
BTC Price Forecast 2026
The BTC price range in 2026 is expected to be between $150K and $230K.
BTC Price Prediction 2027
Subsequently, the Bitcoin price range can be between $170K to $330K during the year 2027.
Bitcoin Predictions 2028
With the next Bitcoin halving, the price will see another bullish spark in 2028. Specifically, as per our Bitcoin Price Prediction, the potential BTC price range in 2028 is $200K to $450K.
BTC Price 2029
Thereafter, the BTC price for the year 2029 could range between $275K and $640K.
Bitcoin Price Prediction 2030
Finally, in 2030, the price of Bitcoin is predicted to maintain a positive trend. Indeed, the BTC price is expected to reach a new all-time high, ranging between $380K and $900K.
Based on the historic market sentiments and trend analysis of the largest cryptocurrency by market capitalization, here are the possible Bitcoin price targets for the longer time frames.
Year
Potential Low ($)
Potential Average ($)
Potential High ($)
2031
$540,830.43
$901,383.47
$1,261,936.86
2032
$757,162.60
$1,261,936.86
$1,766,711.60
2033
$1,059,945.80
$1,766,711.60
$2,473,477.75
2040
$5,799,454.28
$9,665,757.13
$13,532,059.98
2050
$161,978,188.65
$269,963,647.74
$377,949,106.84
Bitcoin Prediction: Analysts and Influencers’ BTC Price Target
“Jack Dorsey, former Twitter CEO (now X), predicts Bitcoin could exceed $1 million by 2030 due to its ecosystem growth and increasing adoption.”
Cathie Wood, CEO of Ark Invest, projects Bitcoin to reach $1.5 million by 2030, driven by institutional adoption and its position as digital gold.”
“Wall Street broker Bernstein believes 2026 will mark the start of a tokenization “supercycle,” maintaining its $150,000 Bitcoin price target for this year and $200,000 for the 2027 cycle peak.”
“Brad Garlinghouse, the Ripple CEO, predicts Bitcoin will hit $180,000 in 2026, due to favorable market and regulatory conditions.”
Never Miss a Beat in the Crypto World!
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
FAQs
What are the biggest risks to Bitcoin’s price in 2026?
Major risks include global recessions, tighter crypto regulations, declining liquidity, or a sustained breakdown below key support levels.
How much will BTC be worth in 2030?
Bitcoin price forecasts for 2030 range from $380K to $900K, driven by scarcity, long-term adoption, and expanding institutional participation.
What will be the price of Bitcoin in 2050?
While uncertain, many long-term projections suggest Bitcoin could exceed $1 million by 2050 if it becomes a global store of value.
Is Bitcoin still a good hedge against inflation in the long term?
Bitcoin’s fixed supply makes it attractive as an inflation hedge, especially during currency debasement and long-term economic uncertainty.
The live price of the Cardano token is $ 0.27932615.
Price prediction suggests potential to reach $2.75 to $3.25 by year-end 2026.
Long-term forecasts indicate ADA could hit $10.25 by 2030.
The Cardano price prediction 2026 is generating significant buzz in the crypto market, as the last quarter is soon to close in few days, boosting interest for the next altcoin. The 2025 for ADA/USD began with numerous fundamental updates strengthening its future, including the transformative Plomin Hard Fork, but 2026 seems even more constructive.
Now, Questions abound: “Will Cardano spearhead the altcoin movement?” and “What heights can ADA reach by 2050?” Explore this Cardano price prediction 2026 and beyond, filled with expert insights and ambitious forecasts.
Coinpedia’s Cardano Price Prediction
The Cardano price outlook for 2026 is promising, driven by its extraordinary 4,000% surge in 2020 and currently holding strong at a significant support level. With a positive shift in market sentiment, even a moderate increase could lead to a remarkable 1,000% rise, positioning Cardano around $4.50.
A more conservative target of $1.40 indicates a solid 300% gain based on existing trends. Analysts are broadly optimistic that upcoming ETF approvals will boost institutional adoption and market stability, with price projections ranging from $2.05 to $2.80.
The ADA price is currently experiencing a significant sell-off. However, early February has revealed a crucial demand zone where new buying interest is likely to emerge, setting the stage for a potential bullish rally. Additionally, the lower boundary of the falling wedge is providing solid support, indicating that a price spike could be imminent. Therefore, it is anticipated that ADA could potentially reach $0.60 this month. On the other hand, if BTC collapses again, ADA might drop to $0.20 or even lower.
Cardano AI Price Prediction For February 2026
Source
Low Price
Average Price
High Price
Gemini
$0.85 – $0.95
$1.00 – $1.20
$1.30 – $1.50+
BlackBox
$0.65
$1.00
$1.50
ChatGPT
$0.75
$0.95
$1.25
ADA Price Prediction 2026
The Cardano price forecast for 2026 points to an important support level on its weekly chart, a range that has consistently acted as a strong pivot point for price trends, and is currently giving off signals of another potential rally. This support level is known for displaying remarkable resilience over time, suggesting that if Cardano price USD can maintain its position above this threshold once again, it could pave the way for significant price movements in 2026.
Looking back at Cardano’s historical performance on the weekly chart, it shows an extraordinary rally in 2020, when the asset posted staggering gains of nearly 4,000%. During that bullish phase, the Cardano price USD spent an extended period consolidating around the dynamic support trendline, which appears to be a strategic accumulation at discounts from smart money, contributing significantly to its eventual surge.
If the current market sentiment shifts positively, a resurgence in investor confidence could lead to a recovery. Not ambitiously, even modestly, past performance could give a tremendous surge. Last year’s performance was 4000%. If we assume 1/4 of that momentum, it would result in an increase of approximately 1000%, potentially elevating Cardano’s price to $4.50 by 2026.
Conversely, a more conservative approach suggests a realistic price target of around $1.40, indicating a potential increase of about 300%. This estimate remains feasible, especially since it is based on fundamental analyses and market trends that are not reliant on speculative triggers, such as the possible approval of exchange-traded funds (ETFs).
Additionally, many experts propose that these ETFs could significantly impact the market by boosting institutional investment and improving market stability. In a situation where ETF approvals occur and retail investor excitement rises, Cardano’s price could realistically range from $2.05 to $2.80.
Scenario
Potential Low
Average Price
Potential High
Without ETF Approval
$0.85
$1.10
$1.25
With ETF Approval + Retail Surge
$1.20
$1.65
$2.05
Bullish Breakout (with ETF & macro support)
$1.50
$2.05
$2.80
Cardano On-chain Analysis
As per Cardano’s on-chain metrics, “Smart Money” accumulation phase is the best observation right now, because the divergence between retail and institutional holders is more vivid than ever.
As the number of addresses holding between 10 and 1 million ADA is declining, and the consistent surge in the 10 million to 100 million coin bracket confirms this, this represents a major supply consolidation. The observation shows that these mega-whales are strategically absorbing the “weak hands” during price dips, effectively building a rock-solid fundamental floor for the asset. Also, the fact that the 1M to 10M coin bracket is also growing confirms that professional high-net-worth investors seem to be positioning for a recovery, too.
Similarly, the surge to 4.57 million total holders despite a grueling 2025 proves that Cardano’s ecosystem is expanding its reach even in a “stress test” environment. This growth in the holder base suggests that the asset is not being abandoned; rather, it is being redistributed into a more stable, long-term foundation. When a holder count rises as prices fall, it signals that the market views current levels as a deep-value opportunity rather than a reason to exit.
Additionally, the Weighted Sentiment flipping the 0 line to 0.656 is a crucial momentum trigger. Professionally, this “0-line flip” indicates that the aggregate social and market bias has shifted from fear to optimism.
Combined with the strategic whale accumulation, this sentiment pivot suggests that the “disbelief” phase is ending and that a bullish rally is likely once the remaining retail sell pressure is fully absorbed by the growing whale cohorts.
Cardano (ADA) Price Prediction 2026 – 2030
Price Prediction
Potential Low ($)
Average Price ($)
Potential High ($)
2026
2.75
3.00
3.25
2027
4.50
4.75
5.00
2028
5.25
5.50
5.75
2029
6.75
7.25
7.75
2030
9.00
9.75
10.25
This table, based on historical movements, shows ADA prices to reach $10.25 by 2030 based on compounding market cap each year. This table provides a framework for understanding the potential Cardano price movements. Yet, the actual price will depend on a combination of market dynamics, investor behavior, and external factors influencing the cryptocurrency landscape.
Chainlink (LINK) price is hovering around the $8.8–$9 range after bouncing from recent lows. While the recovery has offered short-term relief, the bigger picture hasn’t changed yet. Price remains stuck below the key $10 resistance level, a zone that now carries both technical and psychological weight. With volatility tightening and the weekend ahead, traders are preparing for a potential breakout attempt.
The recent rebound came after LINK defended the $8 support area, which has acted as a demand zone in the past. However, the overall trend still shows a series of lower highs since November. The breakdown below $12 earlier confirmed bearish pressure, and so far, bulls haven’t reclaimed any major structural levels. That’s why the $9.5–$10 range matters so much.
Why is $10 a Make-or-Break Level for the LINK Price Rally?
The $10 zone isn’t just a round number. It aligns with a previous breakdown area and overlaps with visible supply on the daily chart. Past rallies stalled around similar zones, which suggests sellers remain active there. Volume expanded during the recent decline, indicating strong selling interest. Now, momentum indicators like CMF are slowly recovering toward neutral territory. That shows early signs of capital returning, but not aggressive accumulation yet. In simple terms, the bounce looks constructive but not convincing.
If buyers manage a strong daily close above $10 with solid volume, momentum could shift quickly. The next upside levels to watch would be $11.5 and then $12, a zone that previously triggered heavy selling. A move above $12 would be more meaningful. It would break the lower-high structure and suggest that bulls are regaining control. Until that happens, upside attempts remain vulnerable.
What if sellers step in again?
If LINK gets rejected near $9.5–$10, the broader bearish structure stays intact. In that case, price could drift back toward the $8 support zone. A breakdown below $8 would likely invite fresh selling pressure and could open the door toward $7. Given the recent compression in price, any strong move—up or down could accelerate quickly.
Factors That Could Influence LINK This Month
Beyond the chart, several factors could shape LINK’s next move:
Bitcoin’s overall direction and market sentiment
Upcoming U.S. macroeconomic data
Funding rates and open interest in the derivatives market
Institutional activity around LINK futures
Network updates or ecosystem developments
Right now, technical structure remains the primary driver, but external catalysts could amplify the next breakout.
Final Thoughts
Chainlink is at a decision point. The $10 level stands as the immediate hurdle. A clean breakout could shift short-term momentum and push the price toward $12. But if resistance holds, the bearish trend may continue. For now, all eyes are on whether the LINK price can finally reclaim $10, or if this bounce fades into another lower high.
Bitcoin didn’t just drop on February 5. Something broke. And most of the crypto market was looking in the wrong place.
Parker White, Chief Investment Officer at DeFi Development Corp, shared a detailed breakdown on the Unchained podcast with Laura Shin. His theory has since gone viral.
According to White, a hedge fund blowup inside BlackRock’s IBIT options market is what has been dragging Bitcoin down since October.
February 5 Was Not a Normal Bitcoin Sell-Off
On February 5, Bitcoin dropped from around $70K to $63K. That same day, BlackRock’s IBIT ETF recorded its highest trading volume ever.
But here’s the thing. Spot Bitcoin volumes and perpetual swap volumes were not unusually high. The stress was entirely in IBIT options, where short-dated implied volatility spiked sharply. White said this pointed to an options market blowup, not a broad spot sell-off.
A Hong Kong Fund Got Trapped
White’s theory centers on a non-crypto Hong Kong hedge fund that had been shorting Bitcoin volatility through IBIT options. When implied volatility spiked on October 10, the fund took heavy losses but chose to double down instead of cutting the position.
A large investor redemption request, bound by Hong Kong’s 90-day settlement rule, likely forced a full liquidation by early February.
“After talking to multiple folks, I’m much more convinced now that a Hong Kong-based fund who is a large holder of IBIT blew up,” White had previously said.
After talking to multiple folks, I am much more convinced now that an HK-based fund, who is a large holder of IBIT, blew up.
While the vol sellers were getting crushed, White believes another fund was quietly buying cheap puts starting around July when volatility was near historic lows.
The playbook was simple. Push Bitcoin’s price down during thin weekend liquidity. When markets opened Monday, IBIT dealers had to hedge their overnight exposure by selling, which amplified the drop further.
“Make no mistake. There was actually a new billionaire crypto trader mentioned this week,” White noted.
What Comes Next
13F filings are due May 15. If one or more of the concentrated Hong Kong-based IBIT holders no longer holds its position, White considers that the smoking gun.
Until then, the theory remains unconfirmed but the breadcrumbs are hard to ignore.
Never Miss a Beat in the Crypto World!
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
FAQs
How do ETF options amplify volatility compared to spot Bitcoin trading?
Options dealers hedge their exposure dynamically, meaning they may buy or sell Bitcoin as prices move. When volatility jumps quickly, hedging flows can accelerate price swings beyond what normal spot demand would justify. This feedback loop can magnify short-term market stress.
Why would traditional hedge funds be exposed to crypto ETF volatility?
Many macro and volatility-focused funds trade ETF options without directly holding crypto. For them, Bitcoin exposure can be a volatility strategy rather than a directional bet. If risk models misjudge volatility, losses can spread beyond crypto-native firms.
What does this situation mean for institutional confidence in Bitcoin ETFs?
Short-term instability in options markets may raise concerns about liquidity and risk management. However, institutional investors typically assess ETF structure, counterparty risk, and clearing safeguards before reallocating capital. Market transparency in upcoming filings could influence sentiment.
Who could be most affected if similar volatility events happen again?
Market makers, leveraged traders, and funds running short-volatility strategies would likely face the greatest risk. Retail investors may experience sharper price swings but are less directly exposed to options-specific mechanics. Exchanges and ETF issuers may also face scrutiny over liquidity conditions.
Russia’s central bank is reassessing its previous opposition to stablecoins, signaling a potential shift in digital currency strategy. First Deputy Chairman Vladimir Chistyukhin confirmed that the Bank of Russia will conduct a formal study into the feasibility of launching a domestic stablecoin. While this does not mean immediate approval, it marks a significant policy rethink.
Previously, Moscow rejected centralized stablecoin models due to financial stability and regulatory risks. Now, officials argue that global developments, particularly in the United States and the European Union, justify a renewed evaluation. Stablecoins have evolved from niche crypto tools into key infrastructure for payments, trading, and cross-border settlements. Ignoring them could leave Russia at a strategic disadvantage.
How Russia Could Approach a Domestic Stablecoin
If pursued, a Russian stablecoin would likely be structured with sovereign oversight and regulated reserves. The goal would not simply be to create another crypto token, but to design a state-aligned digital asset capable of supporting trade and financial settlement outside traditional Western-controlled systems.
The shift is partly influenced by the rapid regulatory progress in the US and EU. The United States’ GENIUS Act formalized strict rules for dollar-backed stablecoins, strengthening their legitimacy in global finance. Meanwhile, Europe’s digital euro initiative and MiCA-compliant euro stablecoins aim to secure regional monetary sovereignty.
Faced with these developments, Russia may see a domestic stablecoin as a defensive move to maintain control over its monetary ecosystem and reduce reliance on foreign-issued digital currencies.
Russia’s entry into the regulated stablecoin arena could have meaningful implications for the broader crypto market. First, it would reinforce the idea that stablecoins are becoming core financial infrastructure rather than speculative instruments. More sovereign-backed or state-aligned stablecoins could accelerate the institutionalization of digital assets.
Second, it may increase fragmentation in the stablecoin market. Instead of dollar dominance alone, regional digital currencies could compete for cross-border settlement flows. This could reshape liquidity patterns in crypto exchanges and decentralized finance platforms.
Finally, the geopolitical dimension cannot be ignored. If sanctions pressure is driving this reconsideration, stablecoins may increasingly be viewed as tools of monetary sovereignty. That could push other nations to explore similar initiatives, intensifying the global race to control digital payment rails.
For now, Russia remains in the exploratory phase. However, even studying the concept reflects how stablecoins are rapidly becoming central to the future structure of global finance and crypto markets alike.
Never Miss a Beat in the Crypto World!
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
FAQs
Why is Russia reconsidering stablecoins now?
Global regulation in the US and EU has legitimized stablecoins. Russia wants to avoid falling behind in digital payments and monetary strategy.
How would a Russian stablecoin be structured?
It would likely have state oversight, regulated reserves, and strict controls, designed for trade and settlements rather than open speculation.
Could a Russian stablecoin reduce sanctions impact?
Potentially yes. A domestic stablecoin could support cross-border trade outside Western systems, strengthening monetary independence.
What would Russia’s stablecoin mean for crypto markets?
It could boost trust in regulated digital assets, but also increase market fragmentation as regional stablecoins compete globally.
The broader crypto market is finally flashing green after days of pressure, and capital rotation is already visible beneath the surface. While Bitcoin stabilizes and Ethereum regains short-term structure, selective altcoins are accelerating at a much faster pace. Today, Zcash (ZEC) and Hedera (HBAR) are leading that recovery, posting double-digit gains and drawing renewed trader attention.
Is this merely a relief rally in sync with Bitcoin’s bounce, or are token-specific catalysts adding fuel to the move. A closer look at both price structures and recent developments suggests the rally may have deeper foundations than just market-wide momentum.
Zcash (ZEC) Price Jumps as Range Breakout Confirms Momentum Shift
Zcash (ZEC) has staged one of the strongest single-day recoveries among mid-cap altcoins, rebounding sharply from its recent demand zone near the $210–$220 region. ZEC daily chart shows price reacting aggressively from a long-standing horizontal support area that previously acted as accumulation during earlier cycles. The 22% surge has propelled ZEC price back toward the $280–$300 resistance cluster, an area that aligns with the breakdown point from January’s corrective leg. From a structural standpoint, ZEC token appears to be attempting a recovery from a broader descending pattern, with the current candle challenging the upper boundary of short-term compression.
If ZEC token secures a daily close above $300, the next hurdle lies near $330–$350, where prior distribution occurred. On the downside, immediate support now shifts to the $250 region, followed by the stronger base near $220. A failure to hold above $260 could turn this rally into a short-lived squeeze rather than a structural reversal. The broader privacy-coin narrative has also regained modest traction amid renewed interest in decentralized financial autonomy, which may be adding speculative tailwinds to ZEC’s breakout attempt.
Hedera (HBAR) Price Rises as FedEx Joins Hedera Council: Is $0.120 Breakout Next?
A key catalyst behind today’s HBAR’s price surge is the announcement that FedEx Corp has joined the Hedera Governing Council, signaling deeper enterprise integration and expanding institutional credibility for the network. FedEx’s involvement centers around leveraging Hedera’s distributed ledger technology to move aspects of global supply chain tracking on-chain. This development strengthens Hedera’s enterprise narrative and reinforces its positioning as a high-performance, corporate-friendly blockchain infrastructure. HBAR price has rebounded from the lower boundary of its multi-month descending channel. The 10% surge has pushed price back toward the mid-range resistance near $0.10–$0.11, where previous recovery attempts faced rejection.
If buyers manage to break above the channel’s upper trendline and sustain momentum beyond $0.14, the next upside target could emerge near $0.18-$0.20. However, failure to clear resistance could keep HBAR locked within its broader corrective structure. The combination of technical rebound and enterprise-backed news flow provides a stronger foundation for HBAR’s move compared to purely sentiment-driven rallies.
Market Outlook
Both ZEC and HBAR are benefiting from the broader crypto market recovery, but their magnitude of gains suggests selective capital rotation into tokens with either technical breakout setups or credible fundamental triggers. ZEC is attempting to transition from accumulation to expansion, while HBAR is leveraging enterprise-driven optimism to reclaim lost ground. Whether these rallies evolve into sustained uptrends will depend on follow-through buying and the ability to convert resistance into support. For now, both tokens have shifted momentum decisively in favor of bulls, but confirmation will come only if key breakout levels hold in the sessions ahead.
The Digital Chamber, the largest blockchain trade association in the U.S. with 250+ members, released its own stablecoin reward principles on Friday. The document directly challenges banks’ demand for a total ban on stablecoin yield under the CLARITY Act.
This follows two White House meetings between crypto firms and banking leaders that ended without a deal.
At the Feb 10 session, banks arrived with a one-page paper titled “Yield and Interest Prohibition Principles” calling for a blanket prohibition on any stablecoin rewards.
What the Digital Chamber Is Willing to Give Up
The Digital Chamber is ready to drop interest-like payments on idle stablecoin holdings, the type of reward that most closely resembles a traditional bank savings account. But the group draws a hard line on two Section 404 exemptions it wants protected: rewards tied to DeFi liquidity provision and rewards for ecosystem participation.
Without those exemptions, the Chamber warned, the legislation “could significantly impair U.S. dollar-denominated stablecoins currently deployed in DeFi protocols,” and risk foreign currencies replacing the dollar across key parts of the digital asset ecosystem.
The group also accepts the banks’ request for a two-year study on how stablecoins affect bank deposits, but only if the study doesn’t trigger automatic regulatory rulemaking.
Banks Won’t Budge. Crypto Says Status Quo Works.
Digital Chamber CEO Cody Carbone framed the concession as significant. He pointed out that the GENIUS Act, already signed into law, permits stablecoin rewards. If banks refuse to negotiate, those rules stay in place.
“If they do nothing and they continue to say, ‘We just want a blanket prohibition,’ this goes nowhere,” Carbone said.
He added that crypto firms should still be able to offer rewards to customers who participate in transactions and other activities. Giving up idle yield, he said, is already a major concession under the CLARITY Act.
Patrick Witt, executive director of the President’s Council of Advisors for Digital Assets, said in a Yahoo Finance interview that the window for passing the CLARITY Act is “rapidly closing” as midterm politics start pulling attention away.
“Let’s use a scalpel here to address this narrow issue of idle yield,” Witt said. “But let’s not take a chainsaw to this, let’s not let this derail the bill.”
What’s at Stake?
Witt stressed that the stablecoin yield fight is holding up a bill packed with provisions both sides want, from clear SEC-CFTC jurisdictional lines to developer protections and permissible crypto activities for banks.
He also noted that banks are already applying for OCC charters to offer their own crypto products, meaning the competitive gap they fear is closing on its own.
The White House has pushed for compromise language by the end of February. If the Banking Committee can’t break through, the most significant crypto market structure bill in U.S. history could stall past the midterms, potentially delaying comprehensive regulation by years.
Never Miss a Beat in the Crypto World!
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
FAQs
What is the stablecoin yield debate in the CLARITY Act?
It’s a dispute over whether stablecoin issuers can offer rewards. Banks want a full ban, while crypto groups support limited, regulated rewards.
Why do banks want to ban stablecoin rewards?
Banks argue yield-bearing stablecoins could pull deposits away from traditional savings accounts and create financial stability risks.
What happens if Congress fails to pass the CLARITY Act?
If stalled past midterms, broader crypto regulation could be delayed for years, prolonging legal uncertainty for firms and banks.
Russia’s Central Bank will study the risks and benefits of a ruble-pegged stablecoin this year, First Deputy Governor Vladimir Chistyukhin said at the Alfa Talk conference in Moscow. The research will learn from other countries and lead to public discussion. The move comes as crypto use in international trade grows amid sanctions, with a daily turnover of 50 billion rubles. A ruble stablecoin could give the private sector more flexibility, complementing the ongoing digital ruble pilot, while foreign-pegged private coins remain restricted.
Zcash (ZEC) price is rising sharply today, climbing nearly 23% to trade around $281.61 after consolidating below the $240 range for several sessions. The breakout marks a notable shift in momentum, especially as the broader crypto market had turned sluggish alongside Bitcoin’s sideways action. Fresh U.S. CPI data, which came in lower than expected, eased inflation concerns and reduced macro pressure, triggering renewed buying interest across risk assets and lifting several altcoins out of short-term bearish ranges.
Despite the strong surge, ZEC still trades below a key higher-timeframe resistance zone, keeping the risk of a rejection in play. The next few sessions will be critical in determining whether this move develops into a sustained uptrend or stalls near resistance.
Open Interest and Funding Rates Support Long Sentiment
Zcash’s derivatives data shows a notable shift in positioning. The funding rate remains slightly negative to neutral, suggesting long positions are not overcrowded and traders are not aggressively paying to stay long. At the same time, open interest has rebounded sharply to around $230 million after a steady decline through late January.
This combination typically signals fresh positions entering the market without excessive bullish leverage. For traders, that’s often a healthier structure than a rally driven by extreme positive funding. If the ZEC price is rising alongside this open interest expansion, it indicates new capital is supporting the move rather than just short covering.
However, rising OI also increases volatility risk. If price stalls near resistance, liquidations could trigger sharp swings. Sustained upside will depend on spot volume confirming the derivatives-driven momentum.
ZEC Price Tests Crucial Resistance
Zcash (ZEC) is attempting a technical recovery on the daily chart after defending the rising 200-day SMA near $278. Price has rebounded toward the $300–$305 resistance zone, which aligns with a key horizontal supply level and the descending trendline that has capped rallies since November. This makes the current region structurally decisive.
Volume has improved during the bounce, suggesting genuine buying interest rather than a weak relief move. Meanwhile, RSI (14) is recovering from near-oversold territory and pushing toward the midline, signaling improving momentum but not yet confirming a full bullish reversal.
For traders, a decisive daily close above $305 could open the path toward $340 and $380. However, failure at this resistance may trigger another rejection toward the $250–$260 support. The next breakout or breakdown from this compression zone will likely define ZEC’s medium-term trend direction.
Zcash Price Prediction: Will ZEC Price Reach $500?
For Zcash (ZEC) to reach $500, the current rebound must evolve into a confirmed trend reversal rather than a short-term relief rally. A sustained breakout above the $300–$305 resistance zone would be the first signal of structural strength. From there, bulls would need to reclaim $340 and $380, followed by a higher high above the descending trendline that has capped prices since November.
A move toward $500 is technically possible, but it would require strong spot demand, expanding volume, and continued macro support. Without a decisive shift in higher-timeframe structure, the probability of rejection remains elevated.
The global crypto market is back under pressure as expectations grow that the Bank of Japan could raise interest rates to 1% in April 2026. Bank of America warns that tighter policy in Japan may reduce global liquidity and trigger another sharp Bitcoin sell-off, similar to the 3% drop seen after January’s hike.
Bank of Japan Rate Hike to 1% in April 2026
According to Bank of America Global Research, the Bank of Japan (BOJ) is expected to increase interest rates by 25 basis points, which could push the interest rate to 1% in April 2026.
The Bank of Japan is expected to implement a 25 basis point interest rate increase, which will bring interest rates to 1% in April 2026, according to Bank of America Global Research
This would mean that interest rates in Japan would reach their highest interest rate level since the 1990s because Japan maintained its interest rates close to zero for an extended period.
BREAKING:
BANK OF JAPAN IS EXPECTED TO HIKE RATES TO 1% IN APRIL, ACCORDING TO BANK OF AMERICA
THIS WILL DUMP MARKET HARD
HERE IS WHY:
Japan didn't have 1.00% since 1990s and last time it was in that zone world was already getting hit
Japan has always been the primary force behind the yen carry trade because it maintains interest rates between zero and near-zero for multiple years now.
The Bank of Japan already raised rates to 0.75% in January 2026, as rising inflation, stronger wage growth, and pressure on the weak yen continue to push policymakers toward further tightening.
Why Japan’s Monetary Policy Matters for Bitcoin Price
Japan holds the title of the largest creditor nation worldwide because it possesses approximately $1.2 trillion worth of U.S. Treasuries. Japanese banks and institutions also invest heavily in global bonds, stocks, and other risk assets, making Japan a key source of global liquidity.
If the Bank of Japan proceeds with another rate hike in April 2026, analysts warn that risk appetite could weaken further. A stronger yen and falling USD/JPY would signal reduced global leverage, which often pressures Bitcoin and altcoins.
Current predictions on the Polymarket prediction platform show 81% likelihood that no rate hikes will occur in March, suggesting the next move could depend on future economic data.
Looking at the earlier BOJ rate hike data shows strong sensitivity to Japan’s interest rate changes. The Bitcoin price after BOJ rate hike in January 2026 reflected this clearly, as Bitcoin fell nearly 3% shortly after the Bank of Japan raised rates to 0.75%. This showed how quickly crypto markets react when global liquidity conditions change.
When interest rates increase, borrowing becomes more expensive, which reduces the flow of capital into risk assets like Bitcoin.
If the Bank of Japan raises rates again toward 1%, analysts warn Bitcoin could face more downside pressure. Some estimates suggest a possible 4% to 5% decline, which may push the Bitcoin price closer to the $60,000 level.
Never Miss a Beat in the Crypto World!
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
FAQs
Why does a Bank of Japan rate hike impact global crypto markets?
Japan is a major source of global liquidity due to its large holdings of foreign assets. When the BOJ raises rates, it strengthens the yen and unwinds yen carry trades, reducing the flow of capital into risk assets like Bitcoin and causing market pressure.
How does Japan’s interest rate policy affect the yen carry trade?
Japan has kept rates near zero for years, making it the primary source of the yen carry trade. When the BOJ hikes rates, the yen strengthens, making these trades more expensive to maintain and forcing investors to sell off risk assets like crypto.
What is the current likelihood of a Bank of Japan rate hike in March?
Current predictions on Polymarket show an 81% likelihood that no rate hikes will occur in March. This suggests the central bank is waiting for more economic data, with the next potential move being an increase to 1% in April 2026.
As institutional giants pour billions i nto the crypto market, 2026 no longer rewards speculation alone. Dogecoin hovers near $0.09, pinned below resistance, while Solana trades 68% off its peak despite network growth hitting 118 million active addresses. Against this backdrop, capital is rotating toward projects with live infrastructure and direct profit mechanisms.
Mutuum Finance (MUTM) has secured $20.5 million from 19,000+ holders, delivering what DOGE and SOL currently cannot: a testable protocol, passive yield, and tokenomics designed for holder upside. A position secured today mathematically positions the investor for asymmetric returns.
Dogecoin: Meme Gravity Persists
Dogecoin continues trading near $0.094 after failing to hold the $0.10 handle. Analyst charts flag a DOGE/DXY ratio sitting at historic launchpad levels, yet price remains captive to declining channel resistance at $0.0935. The 10-day RSI lingers near 34, mirroring stress periods from 2015 and 2022, but the structure lacks protocol-level revenue or buyback flows.
With sellers outpacing buyers 55% to 45%, DOGE relies entirely on retail narrative recurrence. No yield accrues, no fees are distributed, and no deflationary pressure exists. For the investor seeking compound mechanics, the asset remains static and not the next crypto to explode.
Solana: Adoption Without Price Flow
Solana processes 2.7 billion transactions and hosts $1.64 billion in tokenized real-world assets. BlackRock, Apollo, and now Citigroup build on the network. Yet SOL trades at $78, down from $250, while the head-and-shoulders pattern targets $50.
The disconnection between usage and token performance illustrates a structural gap: network fees do not accrue to SOL holders in a direct buyback and distribution format. Transaction volume surged 55%, but the token remains on a downtrend. Institutional usage grows, yet the token lacks a dividend-style feedback loop. Adoption alone does not guarantee price appreciation, and thus, Solana is no longer the top crypto to buy.
Mutuum Finance (MUTM) Testnet Now Live
Mutuum Finance eliminates the disconnect between usage and holder profit. The protocol, already live on Sepolia testnet, supports lending and borrowing across testnet tokens USDT, ETH, LINK, and WBTC. The protocol is not live yet; users are only testing the protocol without putting their assets on the line.
The Mutuum Finance Ecosystem
Mutuum Finance offers lending and borrowing at attractive rates. For instance, a lender depositing $12,000 in USDC could earn an 11% APY, generating $1,320 in passive income in just one year. Borrowers, on the other hand, get overcollateralized loans. For example, $12,000 collateral at a 75% Loan-to-Value ratio gets the borrower a $9,000 loan.
Moreover, the protocol’s buy-and-distribute mechanism channels a fraction of protocol revenue directly to stakers. Assuming $2.8 million in fees, 20% could be directed to these rewards, distributing $140 per $1,000 staked. Unlike DOGE or SOL, which lack any such revenue link, Mutuum Finance converts platform usage into direct tokenholder dividends, making MUTM the next crypto to explode.
Presale: The Asymmetric Window
Mutuum Finance’s presale phase 7 sells at $0.04, a 300% gain from Phase 1’s $0.01. With 850 million tokens already absorbed and only 45% of the total supply allocated to presale, available inventory diminishes rapidly. A $1,150 purchase today acquires 28,750 MUTM. At the $0.06 launch price, that position becomes $1,725, a $575 gain before immediately rising as adoption spikes.
Analysts tracking live testnet metrics, Halborn-audited contracts, and multi-chain roadmap note that post-launch demand from non-presale buyers could drive price toward $1.80. Under that scenario, the same $1,150 scales to $51,750. Phase 8 opens at $0.045, a near 20% increase, which means that the current phase represents the final sub-$0.045 access.
Fixed Supply, Expanding Demand
MUTM caps total supply at 4 billion tokens, and no additional minting will occur. With 45.5% to be sold during presale and 5% allocated to community incentives and giveaways, the circulating supply locks into holder wallets early. This contrasts sharply with inflationary models diluting long-term participants.
For the investor seeking what crypto to buy now, the difference between MUTM and legacy assets such as Digecoin and Solana is execution: a working product, transparent dividend flows, and a presale discount closing within days.
For more information about Mutuum Finance (MUTM) visit the links below:
A Florida federal judge has awarded Shark Tank star Kevin O’Leary $2.8 million in a defamation lawsuit against crypto influencer Ben “BitBoy” Armstrong after Armstrong failed to defend the case. Armstrong’s March 2025 social media posts falsely accused O’Leary of murder related to a 2019 boating accident, in which O’Leary was never charged, and his wife was acquitted, and shared his private phone number, leading to harassment. The damages include reputational harm, emotional distress, and punitive awards, highlighting the risks of false online accusations.
Binance has completed a major treasury shift by converting its entire $1 billion Secure Asset Fund for Users (SAFU) into Bitcoin.
The exchange purchased 4,545 BTC in its final transaction, bringing the total SAFU holdings to 15,000 BTC. At a Bitcoin price of $67,000, the reserve is worth just over $1 billion.
With this move, Binance has made Bitcoin its main reserve asset, replacing stablecoins that were previously used for stability and quick access to funds.
What Is the SAFU Fund?
The SAFU (Secure Asset Fund for Users) is Binance’s emergency reserve. It is designed to protect users in case of serious events such as hacks, security issues, or unexpected market problems.
Earlier, this fund was held in stablecoins because their value stays close to the US dollar. Now, Binance has fully converted the reserve into Bitcoin within 30 days of announcing the plan.
To maintain transparency, Binance shared the wallet address publicly so anyone can verify the holdings on the blockchain.
Why Did Binance Switch to Bitcoin?
Binance appears to be strengthening its long-term confidence in Bitcoin.
By holding Bitcoin instead of stablecoins, the company is signaling that it views BTC as a strong long-term store of value. It also aligns with growing industry demand for clear proof of reserves and greater transparency.
After the SAFU announcement, Bitcoin dropped from $84,000 to around $67,000, marking roughly a 20% decline.
Some market watchers compare this to a previous period when Binance accumulated Bitcoin around $30,000. At that time, prices dipped briefly before rising significantly over the next two years. However, past trends do not guarantee similar results.
Data from CryptoQuant suggests that Bitcoin has not yet entered a full panic phase that is often seen at major market bottoms. While there was a large wave of losses in early February, broader indicators suggest the market is in a normal downturn rather than a final collapse.
Some models estimate a possible downside of $55,000, noting that major bottoms often take time to form.
What Are Large Investors Doing?
Despite ETF outflows and weak earnings from Coinbase, some analysts believe large investors are quietly buying rather than selling.
Market volumes remain low, and overall sentiment is cautious. However, steady accumulation by experienced traders and companies could help stabilize prices over time.
Binance’s $1 billion Bitcoin move adds to the view that major players still see long-term value in BTC, even during short-term volatility.
Never Miss a Beat in the Crypto World!
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
FAQs
Why did Binance convert its SAFU fund into Bitcoin?
Binance shifted SAFU to Bitcoin to strengthen long-term reserves, signaling confidence in BTC as a durable store of value.
What is Binance’s SAFU fund used for?
SAFU is an emergency reserve designed to protect users if Binance faces hacks, security breaches, or major disruptions.
Does Binance’s Bitcoin move mean the market bottom is in?
Not necessarily. Market data shows no full panic phase yet, and major bottoms often take time to form.
How does this impact Bitcoin investors?
It shows institutional confidence in BTC’s long-term value, but short-term volatility and price swings can still continue.
TRUMP memecoin cools near $5.66 as election hype fades, but 2026–2030 price predictions show potential surges toward $69.90 amid rising crypto and political momentum.
TRUMP token forecast signals major volatility ahead, with 2026 lows at $5 and highs up to $11.20 as memecoin trends, DeFi adoption, and political narratives drive demand.
OFFICIAL TRUMP (TRUMP), the political-themed memecoin linked to U.S. President Donald Trump, has become one of the most watched and volatile tokens in the market.
Its sharp rise in 2025 was driven by election hype, strong celebrity support, and massive social media attention. This pushed TRUMP into the spotlight as a cultural trend, not just another cryptocurrency.
So, let’s dive deep into our in-depth analysis of TRUMP Price Prediction 2026–2030, to find out what’s coming for the investors.
Was TRUMP regarded as a negligible asset in 2025? Not at all; the late 2025 announcement of a game launching on the App Store significantly shifted perceptions. Now, with the highly anticipated “Trump billionaire game” set to debut on the Apple Store on February 17th, 2026, the outlook for recovery in 2026 is strong, even after a challenging market in 2025. An increase from $4.00 clearly indicates potential, and once the $8.50 resistance is surpassed, we are poised for a rally towards $12.00.
Trump Price Prediction 2026
In 2025, the TRUMP token did not appear to be a dead asset, particularly with the announcement of the “Trump Billionaire Game,” which added a utility aspect beyond its initial memecoin status. The launch is scheduled for May 5th, 2026, on the Apple Store.
However, the outlook for 2026 is complicated by the 2025 market performance, where bulls struggled significantly against robust bearish sentiment. This dynamic reflects the speculative and often volatile nature of TRUMP’s price movement throughout 2025.
As we look forward to the possibilities that 2026 may bring, particularly with Donald Trump’s ongoing influence in the political arena, the potential for adoption is indeed compelling. On the price front, the weekly chart showcases an intriguing setup; we’ve recently seen a demand coming back around $3.00-$4.00 range in February. The price pattern indicates a falling wedge, reflecting a tightly compressed trading range, much like a coiled spring ready to unleash its energy.
Given this technical formation, a rebound appears likely. If bullish momentum emerges in rest of Q1 2026, it will be crucial to monitor the $5.50 resistance level. A decisive breakout above this level could signal a significant rally, potentially advancing toward $8.50 as the uptrend unfolds and could extend to $16 if demand remains stable.
Year
Potential Low ($)
Potential Average ($)
Potential High ($)
2026
$3
$18
$26
Trump Coin On-Chain Analysis
On-chain analysis of the OFFICIAL TRUMP (TRUMP) token in January 2026 reveals a significant bullish divergence characterized by institutional-grade absorption. Over the last 30 days, a clear redistribution of supply has occurred, which means that retail addresses holding between 10 and 10,000 coins have been consistently offloading their positions, while high-conviction “whale” addresses especially those holding between 100,000 and 1,000,000 TRUMP coins, have moved into an accumulation phase.
This “smart money” behavior suggests that larger entities are leveraging short-term retail panic and distribution as liquidity to build substantial long-term positions. This is laying the structural groundwork for a powerful upward trend as market sentiment stabilizes.
TRUMP Price Prediction 2026 – 2030
Year
Potential Low ($)
Potential Average ($)
Potential High ($)
2026
$5.00
$7.10
$11.20
2027
$6.05
$12.65
$18.90
2028
$8.20
$18.20
$27.50
2029
$12.40
$28.10
$44.80
2030
$18.10
$45.10
$69.90
TRUMP Price Prediction 2026
By 2026, the value of a single OFFICIALTRUMP coin price could reach a maximum of $42.00, with a potential low of $14.00. With this, the average price could land at around the $28.00 mark.
TRUMP Price Prediction 2027
Looking forward to 2027, the TRUMP coin Price may range between $21.00 and $42.00, and a potential average value of around $63.00.
TRUMP Price Prediction 2028
The Trump price could achieve the $94.25 milestone by the year 2028. However, the viral memecoin could record a low of $31.50 and an average price of $62.00 if the crypto market turns bearish.
TRUMP Price Prediction 2029
During 2029, the TRUMP crypto could reach a maximum trading value of $141.50 with a potential low of around $88. Evaluating the market sentiments, the average price of this altcoin could settle at around $94.50.
TRUMP Price Prediction 2030
The TRUMP memecoin crypto prediction for the year 2030 could range between $70.75 to $212.25. Considering the buying and selling pressure, the average price could be around $141.50 for that year.
What Does The Market Say?
Firm Name
2025
2026
2030
Mudrex
$60
$100
$600
Icobench
$100
$150
$500
Binance
$13.93
$14.63
$17.78
CoinPedia’s TRUMP Price Prediction
According to CoinPedia’s analysis, TRUMP could recover from its 2025 decline if strong social buzz returns. As per our price outlook, renewed interest in political-themed tokens may help TRUMP climb toward a possible $11.58.
However, if the market turns cautious, the token may drop back toward $5.0 before finding stable support.
Year
Potential Low ($)
Potential Average ($)
Potential High ($)
2026
$5.0
$7.18
$11.58
Never Miss a Beat in the Crypto World!
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
FAQs
What is the TRUMP token and why is it gaining popularity?
The TRUMP token is a political-themed memecoin that surged due to election buzz, celebrity attention, and strong community hype.
What is the TRUMP price prediction for 2026?
Analysts expect TRUMP to trade between $5.00 and $11.20 in 2026, depending on market liquidity, sentiment, and political momentum.
Can the TRUMP token reach $20 by 2028?
Yes, if market demand rises, TRUMP could test the $20 zone by 2028 as memecoins mature and investor interest strengthens.
What could drive TRUMP’s price higher by 2030?
Community activity, strong market cycles, and sustained interest in political tokens may push TRUMP toward higher long-term levels.
Price predictions for 2026 range from $680 to $1160.
By 2030, BCH could reach highs of $3410, driven by increased adoption and transaction activity.
With Bitcoin smashing through the $100K barrier, all eyes are now on Bitcoin Cash (BCH) as traders wonder—will BCH price follow with a banana move of its own? Beyond hype, Bitcoin Cash is proving its value in the real world. Ranked 4th on Crypwerk’s global adoption list, BCH is gaining traction for its speed, low fees, and merchant-friendly design.
If you’re searching for answers to “Will Bitcoin Cash go up further?” — you’re not alone. In this Bitcoin Cash price prediction 2026–2030, we dive into the technicals and adoption trends shaping the next big BCH Price Prediction.
Q1 2026 could initiate a rally based on the success of the multi-year descending triangle pattern. On a 1-M timeframe, BCH/USD is in a consolidation between $425 and $689. But, sustaining above $689 would signal a trend shift. However, dropping below $450 risks a quick decline, with $300 as a critical support level.
BCH Price Prediction February 2026
In January, the price of Bitcoin Cash (BCH) briefly reached $689 but was rejected, leading to a retest of the $422 support area in February, where demand seems to be holding. If BCH manages to flip $560, it could retest $686 by the February wind-up, but if more bearish forces build, it could be a dead-cat bounce before a final collapse takes down $422 support.
BCH Price Prediction 2026 (Q1)
Q1 2026 is set to be the most attractive period for the rally to truly kick off, because H2 2025 onwards it has broken out of a multi-year descending triangle pattern on the monthly chart, and ever since then it has mostly consolidated in a range of $425-$689. The range is quite big on a shorter timeframe, but on a longer timeframe, like monthly, it’s an ordinary consolidation whose movements are not as big as they sound compared to its historical price action.
In Q1 2026, it continues to consolidate in its range and has hit $689 once. And now, if it sustains above it in the coming months, that will signify a “Change of Character (ChoCh)” on the monthly chart, marking a significant long-term trend shift and unlocking potential for higher targets ahead.
Also, under the worst-case scenario, if the BCH price drops below critical support at $450, we could see a swift decline. The $300 level is expected to serve as a strong line of defense against further declines; however, breaking this level would completely delay the current long-term bullish sentiment
Year
Potential Low
Potential Average
Potential High
2026 (conservative)
$300
$605
$1200
Bitcoin Cash Price Targets 2026 – 2030
Year
Potential Low ($)
Potential Average ($)
Potential High ($)
2026
300
689
1,160
2027
680
925
1,160
2028
795
1,135
1,475
2029
1,025
1,480
1,955
2030
1,350
2,010
2,675
This table, based on historical movements, shows BCH price to reach $2675 by 2030 based on compounding market cap each year. This table provides a framework for understanding the potential BCH price movements. Yet, the actual price will depend on a combination of market dynamics, investor behavior, and external factors influencing the cryptocurrency landscape.
BCH Price Prediction 2026
In 2026, Bitcoin Cash price could project a low price of $300, an average price of $689, and a high of $1,160.
Bitcoin Cash Price Prediction 2027
As per the Bitcoin Cash Price Prediction 2027, BCH may see a potential low price of $795. Meanwhile, the average price is predicted to be around $1,135. The potential high for BCH price in 2027 is estimated to reach $1,475.
BCH Price Analysis 2028
Looking ahead to the Bitcoin Cash Price Prediction 2028, BCH is expected to have a low price of $1,025. With an average price of $1,480, the BCH price could make a high of $1,955.
Bitcoin Cash Price Prediction 2029
Finally, by 2029, Bitcoin Cash Price Prediction anticipates a low price of $1,350, an average price of $2,010, and a high of $2,675.
Bitcoin Cash Price Forecast 2030
For the year 2030, Bitcoin Cash Price Prediction forecasts a low price of $1809, an average price of $2705, and a high of $3410.
Never Miss a Beat in the Crypto World!
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
FAQs
What is BCH price prediction for 2026?
BCH price prediction for 2026 ranges from $680 to $1,160, depending on whether it confirms a long-term bullish trend shift.
How much will Bitcoin Cash be worth in 2030?
Bitcoin Cash could trade between $1,350 and $2,675 by 2030 if adoption rises and market conditions remain favorable.
What is Bitcoin Cash price prediction for 2040?
By 2040, Bitcoin Cash could see significantly higher valuations if global payments adoption expands, though forecasts remain speculative.
Can Bitcoin Cash grow beyond its current use case?
Yes, BCH could grow through wider merchant adoption, faster payments, and improved on-chain utility in real-world transactions.
Is Bitcoin Cash a good long-term investment?
BCH has long-term potential due to low fees, fast transactions, and growing merchant adoption, but price depends on broader crypto market trends.
Can Bitcoin Cash reach its all-time high again?
Revisiting previous highs is possible if BCH sees sustained adoption and a confirmed long-term trend reversal, though it’s not guaranteed.
Bitcoin’s push toward the $70,000 mark has reignited momentum across the crypto market, and altcoins are beginning to move in tandem. The rally comes shortly after the latest U.S. CPI data showed inflation cooling more than expected, easing macro pressure and improving overall risk sentiment. With inflation slowing to 2.4%, investors appear more comfortable rotating back into risk assets, including crypto.
As Bitcoin strengthens, capital is flowing into smaller tokens, triggering sharp breakouts in names like pippin and pump.fun. Both have recorded strong gains alongside rising trading volumes, signaling active participation rather than a thin liquidity spike. The question arises now: how high can the prices go this weekend?
pippin (PIPPIN) Price Smashes a New ATH
After rebounding from the lows around $0.16, the pippin price has been rising aggressively. The price has been printing huge bullish candles, gaining more than 300% to mark new highs at $0.6298, a few moments ago. Despite a small cool-off, the bulls continue to hold a tight grip over the rally, which suggests that the price is yet to discover more highs.
The strong V-shaped recovery has assisted the rally to reach the crucial resistance zone between $0.51 and $0.54. The bulls attempted a breakout from the zone, but a drop in buyers’ strength prevented the move. The RSI and CMF both surged significantly, but both have displayed a small divergence. This could delay a further upside, preventing the price from reaching $0.7. However, the market sentiments are extremely bullish right now, hinting towards a probable rise in the price.
While PIPPIN price surged aggressively, pump.fun price managed to trigger a rebound from the lows. The token has rebounded from the levels that it flipped before, hitting towards the range between $0.0016 and $0.0018, have formed a strong base. This can be considered a bullish indicator, which could push the price higher to the pivotal resistance zone.
As seen in the above chart, the PUMP price has not only begun to rise but is also forming a potential double-bottom pattern. A rise above the immediate resistance at $0.022 and $0.025 may validate the bullish pattern, which may raise the hopes of a continued upswing. Besides, the RSI has just risen while the MACD is about to undergo a bullish divergence. This suggests that the token could experience a strong and sustained ascending trend and reach the neckline between $0.032 and $0.033 soon.
The Bottom Line: Will the Bullish Momentum Prevail?
Momentum currently favors the bulls as Bitcoin approaches $70,000 and altcoins respond with expanding volume. The CPI-driven relief has improved sentiment, but follow-through remains crucial. If Bitcoin holds above key support and continues printing higher highs, altcoins like Pippin and Pump.fun could extend their gains. However, a rejection near $70K may quickly cool risk appetite. For now, structure supports continuation, but confirmation over the next few sessions will determine sustainability.
The Pi price has finally pushed out of its recent bearish consolidation, hinting that short-term momentum may be shifting. The move comes as the broader crypto market found relief after the latest U.S. CPI data showed inflation cooling to 2.4% in January, below expectations. The softer reading eased macro concerns and helped reduce some of the selling pressure that had weighed on risk assets.
With sentiment improving, Pi managed to climb above a key resistance zone after weeks of tight, range-bound trading. The breakout suggests buyers are beginning to step back in.
However, the bigger question remains: can this CPI-driven relief rally evolve into a sustained uptrend? With price now eyeing higher resistance levels, the coming sessions will determine whether Pi can build enough strength to challenge the $0.20 mark—or if the move fades once broader momentum cools.
Pi Price Analysis for February 2026
Pi has staged a sharp momentum rebound, rallying over 18% in the last 24 hours to reclaim the $0.157–$0.160 supply zone, with volume exploding 125%+, a key tell that this move is participation-driven rather than a thin bounce. Price has decisively broken above the descending trendline that capped every recovery attempt for weeks, shifting short-term structure back in favor of the bulls.
On indicators, the MACD has printed a bullish crossover above the signal line, while RSI has surged from the 30–35 region toward 55+, confirming rising momentum.
If PI holds above $0.152–$0.155 on a retest, bulls may target $0.172 initially, followed by $0.185–$0.19, where prior distribution and liquidity sit. However, failure to defend $0.15 would invalidate the breakout and expose the price to a pullback toward $0.138–$0.14, turning this move into a relief rally rather than a trend reversal.
The Bottom Line
In the short term, PI looks like it’s trying to turn the corner, but this isn’t a clean breakout just yet. Bulls are in control as long as the price holds above the $0.15–$0.152 zone, with a sustained push above $0.162 opening room toward $0.19–$0.20. That said, this move is happening around a major event window, and volatility cuts both ways. If momentum fades or broader market sentiment weakens, a slip back below $0.15 could quickly drag the PI price into consolidation again.
Trump Media & Technology Group, the company behind the social media platform Truth Social, has filed paperwork with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) to launch two new cryptocurrency exchange-traded funds (ETFs), marking a deeper push into digital asset investing tied to the business associated with Donald Trump.
According to the filing, one proposed fund, the Bitcoin and Ether ETF, would provide exposure to both Bitcoin and Ether while also earning additional returns from Ether staking. The second product, called the Cronos Yield Maximizer ETF, would focus on the CRO token and generate yield through staking rewards tied to the Cronos blockchain.
The ETFs are expected to rely on Crypto.com for key services including asset custody, liquidity provision, and staking operations, while Yorkville America Equities will serve as the investment adviser. The funds are designed with a management fee of about 0.95%, according to the registration documents.
TRUTH SOCIAL FILES FOR 2 CRYPTO ETFS
Truth Social has filed with the US Securities and Exchange Commission to launch two crypto ETFs.
One ETF will follow $BTC and $ETH, and also earn rewards from $ETH staking
Like all proposed ETFs, the products must receive regulatory approval before they can begin trading. The SEC review process will determine whether the funds meet investor protection, custody, and disclosure requirements.
If approved, the filings would add to the growing list of crypto-linked ETFs entering the market and reflect how digital asset investment products are increasingly being packaged for traditional investors.
Analysts say the inclusion of staking-based returns, particularly for Ether and CRO, shows how ETF providers are beginning to combine price exposure with yield-generating blockchain mechanisms, a model that could attract investors seeking both market exposure and income from digital assets.
KCS trades above key support, with a breakout above $15 potentially opening the path toward $35 in 2026.
KuCoin Token shows accumulation signs; long-term outlook suggests possible $100 target by 2030.
If exchange growth and market momentum improve, KCS could shift from consolidation to expansion phase.
KuCoin Token (KCS) is gradually re-entering the spotlight as exchange-based assets begin to stabilize alongside improving liquidity conditions across the broader crypto market. After months of consolidation near a historically significant demand zone, KCS now appears to be forming a technical base that could define its trajectory for the remainder of this cycle. With volatility compressing and price structure tightening, traders are closely watching whether this accumulation phase transitions into a breakout that could propel KCS toward $35 in 2026 and potentially $100 by 2030.
As February 2026 progresses, KCS price continues to trade within a compressed range above long-term horizontal support. On the daily timeframe, the price remains below the 50-day and 100-day moving averages, while the 200-day moving average is flattening, a signal that bearish momentum may be losing strength. Immediate resistance is positioned near the $10–$12 range. A decisive break and sustained close above this zone could shift short-term sentiment and open room toward $15–$18. Conversely, failure to hold above $8 may invite temporary downside pressure toward deeper demand zones. Volume patterns suggest that selling intensity has declined compared to previous distribution phases, indicating potential accumulation. If February concludes with higher lows forming above $9, it would strengthen the case for a medium-term recovery phase heading into Q2.
KuCoin (KCS) Price Prediction 2026
With 2026 already underway, KCS token is exhibiting early signs of structural stabilization. The daily chart highlights a base formation developing along a long-term support band that previously triggered strong upside impulses. Lower highs are flattening, and price compression beneath resistance often precedes expansion phases. Should KCS reclaim the $15 level with sustained momentum and increasing volume participation, the next resistance corridor sits between $22 and $25.
Breaking above this supply cluster would position the token for a move toward the psychological $30 threshold. If broader crypto market conditions remain constructive and exchange-related tokens benefit from renewed trading activity, KCS could gradually advance toward the projected $35 high by late 2026.
KuCoin Crypto Price Prediction 2026 – 2030
Year
Potential Low ($)
Potential Average ($
Potential High ($)
2026
8.00
20.50
35.00
2027
18.00
32.00
45.00
2028
22.00
24.00
60.00
2029
42.00
55.00
75.00
2030
38.00
60.00
100.00
KuCoin (KCS) Price Prediction 2026
In 2026, KuCoin price could project a low price of $8.00, an average price of $20.50, and a high of $35.0.
KuCoin Price Prediction 2027
As per the KuCoin Price Prediction 2027, KuCoin may see a potential low price of $18.00. The potential high for KuCoin price in 2027 is estimated to reach $45.00.
KCS Price Prediction 2028
In 2028, KuCoin price is forecasted to potentially reach a low price of $22.00 and a high price of $60.00.
KuCoin Price Prediction 2029
Thereafter, the KuCoin (KuCoin) price for the year 2029 could range between $42.00 and $75.00.
KuCoin (KCS) Price Prediction 2030
Finally, in 2030, the price of KuCoin is predicted to maintain a steady positive. It may trade between $38.00 and $100.00.
The long-term projection assumes KuCoin sustains relevance in enterprise blockchain use cases, with growth moderating over time as the asset matures.
Year
Potential Low ($)
Potential Average ($)
Potential High ($)
2031
60.00
70.00
115.00
2032
75.00
95.00
130.00
2033
90.00
120.00
150.00
2040
120.00
250.00
400.00
2050
300.00
500.00
600.00
KuCoin (KCS) Price Prediction: Market Analysis?
Year
2026
2027
2030
Changelly
$28.00
$38
$50
CoinCodex
$32.00
$40
$60
WalletInvestor
$35.00
$45
$65
CoinPedia’s KuCoin Price Prediction
KuCoin token price is currently forming a long-term accumulation base. A breakout above $15–$18 could initiate a broader expansion phase targeting $25, $30, and eventually $35 in 2026. Looking further ahead, if ecosystem growth and trading activity strengthen, KCS may approach $100 by 2030, with longer-term potential extending beyond that horizon.
Year
Potential Low ($)
Potential Average ($)
Potential High ($)
2026
8.00
20.50
35.00
Never Miss a Beat in the Crypto World!
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
FAQs
What is the KuCoin Token (KCS) price prediction for 2026?
KCS could trade between $8 and $35 in 2026, with $20 as a mid-range estimate if market sentiment and exchange activity improve steadily.
What is the KuCoin price prediction 2030?
KuCoin price prediction 2030 suggests KCS could trade between $38 and $100, depending on exchange growth and overall crypto market strength.
How High Can KCS Price Go in 2040?
By 2040, KCS could potentially reach $250–$400 if adoption expands, utility increases, and long-term crypto demand remains strong.
What factors could drive KCS price growth in the coming years?
Key drivers include exchange trading volume, token utility, market cycles, liquidity conditions, and overall crypto investor sentiment.
Is KuCoin Token (KCS) a long-term investment option?
KCS may offer long-term potential if KuCoin expands globally and maintains strong utility, but it remains subject to crypto market volatility.
The Bitcoin price hasn’t bottomed. Not even close, if you’re looking at the data without rose-colored glasses.
Sure, there’s been dip-buying and day traders earned some money. But here’s the uncomfortable part, almost all of it is coming from one aggressive player. In January alone, Strategy scooped up 40,150 BTC, accounting for 97.5% of all active DAT buying volume. Strip that out, and the buy-side looks eerily thin.
Meanwhile, the Spot CVD is flashing massive red bars. Translation? Outside of that single large accumulator, buyers are largely missing in action, shows shortterm momentum. Because, that’s not exactly the kind of healthy hand-off you want to see at a durable bottom for a longterm rally.
Bitcoin Price and Thin Demand
When the Bitcoin price is leaning on one dominant buyer, it’s usually not a sign of strength, per an analyst Sunny Mom. Markets bottom when broad demand steps in and not when one entity carries the most of the load.
The BTC/USD pair reflects that imbalance. The selling pressure is visible, and the cumulative volume delta shows a market still distributing coins rather than absorbing them smoothly.
And that’s just the first warning. Because CryptoQuant insights shows that Open Interest also hits yearly lows
The data showed that futures Open Interest has dropped to $21.3B, this is a yearly low. Leveraged speculators have largely exited. On the surface, that sounds cleansing. But here’s the kicker: it also means there’s barely any momentum left in the system.
Reduced leverage, Reduced fuel. When open interest collapses like this, it signals apathy. The Bitcoin price chart isn’t showing eager dip buyers piling in. It’s showing a market that’s stepped back.
Miners and MVRV Flash Caution
Now layer in miner behavior. Analyst sheds light on this also where it says that after February 9th, large-scale miners began trimming positions, increasing circulating supply. More coins hitting the market while demand is weak? Which is not ideal at all for bulls market start.
Then there’s the MVRV ratio, currently sitting at 1.2. Historically, macro bottoms tend to form between 0.7 and 0.8. Do the math, and that suggests potential downside of roughly 30–40% from here.
That’s not a forecast carved in stone. As markets mature, bottoms can form at higher levels than in prior cycles. But based on historical context, we’re not in classic capitulation territory just yet.
If patterns repeat, the $48K–$58K zone looks like a plausible “fair value” bottom for this bearish phase. Until spot CVD flips meaningfully positive and demand broadens beyond a single aggressive buyer, calling a confirmed bottom feels premature.
For now, the Bitcoin price remains in a correction that doesn’t look finished.
The cryptocurrency market is flashing bright green today ahead of Valentine’s Day on Friday, February 13th, as a wave of bullish sentiment sweeps through the digital asset ecosystem. Total market capitalization has surged as investors react to favorable macroeconomic data and a massive squeeze of short positions.
Here is a breakdown of why the crypto market is rallying today:
US CPI Data Comes in Cooler Than Expected
The primary catalyst for today’s rally is the latest Consumer Price Index (CPI) report from the US Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS). Annual inflation in the US declined to 2.4% in January, down from 2.7% in December.
Crucially, this figure came in below the market expectation of 2.5%. This “cool” inflation print has fueled hopes that the Federal Reserve may lean toward more dovish monetary policies or potential rate cuts later this year.
Bitcoin Leads the Charge, Altcoins Follow
In response to the CPI news, Bitcoin (BTC) surged by 4% today, breaking through key resistance levels and stabilizing the broader market. This upward momentum immediately spilled over into the altcoin sector:
Ethereum (ETH) outperformed the leader with a 6% jump.
Solana (SOL) remains a top performer, rising 6.50%.
XRP showed strong recovery, posting a 5% gain.
Short Sellers Get “Rekt”: $365 Million in Liquidations
The rapid price spike caught many bearish traders off guard. According to data from Coinglass, the total 24-hour liquidations across the crypto market reached a staggering $365.81 million.
The rally was largely fueled by a “short squeeze,” as traders betting on a price drop were forced to buy back their positions. Of the total liquidations, $202.30 million were short positions.
Market Sentiment Hasn’t Shifted to “Greed” Yet
With the inflation bogeyman appearing to recede and institutional inflows continuing to steady the ship, the Crypto Fear & Greed Index could take a breath of relief sooner. However, for now, it’s still at 8 into the deeper fear zone, but rising demand in the short term could show a bounce towards the neutral area, because the “Greed” territory is far from reach until a long-term confirmation is received. Heavy liquidations by short sellers have cleared the path for further upside today, as there is now less immediate sell pressure from over-leveraged bears.
What’s Next?
As we head into the weekend, analysts are watching to see if Bitcoin can flip its current local high into a permanent support floor. If the macro environment remains stable and the “cooling inflation” narrative persists, the crypto market may be looking at a sustained bullish trend for the remainder of February.
The U.S. derivatives regulator, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC), has appointed Brad Garlinghouse, CEO of Ripple, to its newly formed Innovation Advisory Committee (IAC), a 35-member group tasked with advising the agency on emerging technologies such as blockchain, artificial intelligence, and digital asset markets. The move places one of the most prominent crypto executives directly inside a federal advisory structure at a time when U.S. regulators are working to develop clearer rules for digital assets.
The committee includes leaders from both traditional finance and the crypto sector, including exchange executives, infrastructure providers, and market operators. The presence of industry figures is intended to help the regulator better understand technological developments affecting derivatives and commodity markets, areas that increasingly overlap with digital assets.
A shift toward industry collaboration
Garlinghouse’s appointment shows a shift toward regulatory collaboration with crypto firms rather than relying solely on enforcement actions. Over the past several years, regulatory disputes between crypto companies and U.S. agencies created uncertainty for the market, especially around how certain tokens should be classified. Participation in the advisory committee gives industry leaders a channel to share technical expertise and policy input as new frameworks are designed.
For Ripple, the development is particularly important because the company spent years dealing with legal challenges tied to the classification of its digital asset, XRP. Having the company’s CEO participate in a regulatory advisory group reflects a changing environment in which regulators are increasingly engaging with industry participants to shape workable oversight models.
Implications for XRP
While the committee does not directly set policy or determine legal classifications, Garlinghouse’s presence could indirectly influence how regulators understand cross-border payments, token liquidity, and blockchain-based financial infrastructure — areas where Ripple’s technology is heavily focused. Greater regulatory engagement may also support the broader push for clearer rules governing digital asset markets, an issue closely watched by investors and institutions considering exposure to tokens such as XRP.
Regulatory clarity, rather than any single committee appointment, remains the most important long-term driver for institutional adoption. However, advisory roles that include senior crypto executives are often viewed as a positive sign that policymakers are seeking industry input before finalizing future regulatory approaches.
Broader industry participation
The Innovation Advisory Committee also includes executives from other crypto exchanges, blockchain infrastructure firms, and traditional financial institutions. The mix of participants reflects the growing integration between digital asset markets and conventional financial systems, particularly in derivatives trading and tokenized financial products.
As the committee begins its work, its recommendations could help shape how U.S. regulators approach innovation in commodities and derivatives markets that increasingly involve blockchain-based assets. For XRP and similar tokens, the longer-term impact will depend on how forthcoming regulatory frameworks evolve, but the inclusion of leading crypto executives suggests that the industry will have a stronger voice in upcoming policy discussions.
As the cryptocurrency market evolves, investors searching for very high-return opportunities are increasingly looking beyond large assets such as Bitcoin and Ethereum toward smaller networks linked to stablecoin liquidity, artificial intelligence infrastructure, and privacy-focused blockchain systems. While extreme return projections remain uncertain, several altcoins are being discussed in connection with long-term growth themes.
Cardano Targets Liquidity Expansion With Stablecoin Integration
As pointed out by Altcoin Daily, Cardano (ADA) is preparing for a major stablecoin rollout expected to go live by the end of February. The integration is designed to bring large-scale stablecoin liquidity into the ecosystem, addressing a long-standing gap compared with networks such as Ethereum, Tron, and Solana, where stablecoin activity dominates decentralized finance markets.
Improved wallet-to-exchange compatibility and instant conversion features are expected to make capital movement smoother across platforms. A rise in available liquidity could support greater transaction volume, decentralized finance activity, and developer participation within the network over time.
Decentralized AI Networks Enter the Spotlight
Bittensor (TAO) represents a growing segment of blockchain projects focused on decentralized artificial intelligence infrastructure. Instead of securing transactions like traditional blockchains, the network rewards contributors who provide computing power, AI models, or data to competitive subnet systems. These subnet environments host applications ranging from prediction engines to robotics research and large-scale data processing.
The model creates a marketplace where participants compete to deliver better machine-learning outputs, potentially expanding the network’s value as more AI-based applications emerge across industries.
Privacy Networks Offer High-Risk Upside
Zcash (ZEC) remains one of the most recognized privacy-focused cryptocurrencies. Demand for private digital transactions continues to exist in several sectors, although regulatory pressures create uncertainty for the broader privacy-coin category. For that reason, privacy tokens are often viewed as speculative positions that may deliver large gains if adoption expands but carry substantial regulatory and liquidity risks.
Other coins:
Solana (SOL): Rapid developer growth and expanding payment infrastructure adoption continue to position the network as a leading blockchain for high-speed financial applications.
(XRP): Ongoing institutional partnerships and cross-border payment integrations are reinforcing its role in global settlement systems.
Chainlink (LINK): As decentralized applications rely more heavily on external data feeds, oracle infrastructure remains a key backbone of blockchain ecosystems.
Smaller Market Caps Drive High-Return Narratives
The possibility of very large percentage gains typically comes from smaller-cap digital assets because they require less capital inflow to multiply in value compared with trillion-dollar networks. As a result, many investors allocate a portion of their portfolios to emerging blockchain sectors while maintaining exposure to larger assets for stability.
Long-Term Outlook
The next growth phase in the crypto market is increasingly linked to real-world infrastructure use cases, including stablecoin payment systems, decentralized computing platforms, and privacy-focused financial tools. Projects that expand liquidity access, enable new computing models, or support specialized financial functions could see substantial adoption if these sectors continue to expand globally.
MYX Finance price rebounded sharply from its intraday low following the latest U.S. CPI release, which showed inflation cooling more than expected. Annual CPI slowed to 2.4% in January 2026, down from 2.7% in December and below forecasts of 2.5%. Core CPI also eased to 2.5% year-over-year, marking its lowest reading in several years. The softer inflation data improved overall risk sentiment, triggering a relief bounce across crypto markets, with MYX responding from local support.
Has the MYX Finance Price Escaped Bearish Pressure?
Since the start of the month, MYX has trended higher and attracted renewed market interest. However, price continues to struggle within the $6.79 to $7.46 resistance band. This zone now stands as a decisive barrier. A sustained move above it could shift short-term structure firmly in favor of the bulls.
At the same time, volatility is tightening, hinting that a larger move may be approaching. Whether the CPI-driven bounce evolves into a sustained breakout will likely depend on how the price reacts near this critical resistance range.
The short-term structure suggests MYX is attempting a mild rebound after stabilising inside a falling channel, but momentum remains fragile. Price continues to struggle below the descending resistance and the prior supply zone near $3.30–$3.40, where sellers have repeatedly stepped in. The Stochastic RSI is curling lower and nearing a bearish crossover, hinting that upside momentum is fading before a clean breakout can occur.
At the same time, Bollinger Bands are tightening, signalling that a volatility expansion is approaching. Without a clear volume spike, MYX risks drifting back toward the channel’s midline or lower band rather than sustaining a breakout.
The Bottom Line
Since the start of the month, MYX Finance’s price has trended higher and attracted renewed market interest. However, price continues to struggle within the $6.79 to $7.46 resistance band. This zone now stands as a decisive barrier. A sustained move above it could shift short-term structure firmly in favor of the bulls.
At the same time, volatility is tightening, hinting that a larger move may be approaching. Whether the CPI-driven bounce evolves into a sustained breakout will likely depend on how the price reacts near this critical resistance range.
The cryptocurrency market is showing signs of rallying again, with major assets including Bitcoin and Ethereum posting gains as improving macroeconomic signals and fresh institutional news lift investor sentiment.
Cooling Inflation Sparks Risk-Asset Buying
One of the main drivers behind the latest price increase is the release of softer-than-expected inflation data. U.S. CPI came in at 2.4%, below expectations of 2.5%, reinforcing expectations that inflation pressures may be easing. Lower inflation readings typically improve liquidity expectations and support risk-sensitive assets such as cryptocurrencies, technology stocks, and growth investments.
The broader crypto market capitalization climbed to roughly $2.35 trillion, while the CoinMarketCap 20 index rose more than 2%, reflecting a broad-based recovery across digital assets.
Institutional Sentiment Gets a Boost
The rise was also supported by renewed policy momentum in Brazil, where lawmakers have reintroduced a proposal to establish a strategic national Bitcoin reserve. The move is being viewed by traders as another step toward sovereign-level adoption of digital assets, strengthening long-term institutional confidence in the sector.
Such developments are increasingly influencing short-term price movements, as national-level policy discussions signal expanding recognition of cryptocurrencies within global financial systems.
Extreme Fear Triggers Technical Bounce
Despite the rally, market sentiment indicators still hint at trouble. The Fear and Greed Index remains deep in “extreme fear” territory, historically a level that often precedes contrarian rebounds. At the same time, derivatives open interest has surged, suggesting traders are re-entering positions and covering shorts, helping fuel the current upward move.
Technical analysis also shows that Bitcoin is stabilizing near important support levels. A sustained break above resistance zones could open the door for a stronger upward move, while a failure to hold current support could quickly shift momentum back to the downside.
Market Outlook: Recovery Attempt Underway
For a stronger bullish confirmation, Bitcoin price needs to first break above the recent swing high near $68,400 and then clear the major resistance area around $70,600. A successful move above this level would reduce the risk of further downside and could open the door for a stronger rally in the coming weeks.
For now, the rally appears to be driven by a combination of macro relief, institutional optimism, and technical positioning rather than a full trend reversal. Analysts say the market must hold above recent support levels and attract sustained institutional inflows to confirm a broader recovery phase.
As inflation expectations stabilize and sovereign adoption discussions expand, traders are closely watching whether the current bounce evolves into a stronger market cycle—or remains a short-term relief rally within a still-fragile environment.
As tax reporting rules for digital assets evolve, holders of XRP may be unknowingly paying more taxes than necessary, according to tax specialists and blockchain analysts. The issue is drawing attention ahead of the upcoming filing season, particularly with the rollout of updated reporting requirements that expand how cryptocurrency transactions are tracked.
A growing number of investors are moving XRP tokens from exchanges into private wallets or cold storage to improve security. While such transfers are generally non-taxable events, reporting systems on many exchanges can sometimes treat the movement as a sale when the destination wallet is not clearly linked to the original owner.
This can result in inaccurate tax forms showing proceeds without the proper cost basis attached, potentially causing investors to overpay taxes if the discrepancy is not corrected during filing. Nick Bjorn from Count on Sheep said that the problem is not unique to XRP but affects many cryptocurrencies that are actively transferred between platforms and self-custody wallets.
Transparency Myth Meets Blockchain Reality
Another persistent misconception among crypto users is that blockchain transactions are fully anonymous. In practice, most XRP purchases originate from regulated exchanges that require identity verification, meaning transaction histories can be linked back to verified users. Public blockchain explorers also allow authorities and analysts to trace transfers, making accurate reporting increasingly important as regulatory oversight expands.
New Reporting Forms Raise Compliance Stakes
The introduction of the 1099-DA tax reporting framework marks a significant shift in how digital-asset activity is disclosed. The new system is designed to provide tax authorities with clearer records of crypto proceeds, but it also increases the likelihood that inconsistencies—such as missing cost-basis data—will be flagged.
Experts warn that investors who fail to reconcile exchange statements, wallet transfers, staking rewards, and capital-gains calculations could face double taxation risks or potential audits. As digital-asset markets mature, accurate record-keeping is becoming as critical as portfolio management itself.
Growing Need for Record-Keeping Discipline
With institutional adoption rising and governments tightening reporting standards, tax professionals advise XRP investors to maintain detailed transaction histories across exchanges and personal wallets. Proper reconciliation of transfers, gains, and losses can help prevent both overpayment and compliance issues.
As crypto regulation enters a more structured phase globally, the message to digital-asset holders is increasingly clear: security practices such as self-custody must now be matched by equally rigorous financial reporting to ensure that blockchain transparency does not translate into unexpected tax liabilities.
Bitcoin’s MVRV ratio has dropped to 1.1, bringing it closer to the undervalued zone than at any point since 2020. CryptoQuant analyst DanCoinInvestor shared the data, noting that BTC is now just a step away from a level that has kicked off major rallies in every past cycle.
When the MVRV ratio falls below 1, Bitcoin is considered undervalued. The last three times this happened, around 2015, 2019, and 2020, strong recoveries followed within months. BTC has been sliding for four months straight since hitting its all-time high near $126,000 in October 2025.
This Cycle Didn’t Follow the Usual Script
Here’s what makes this time worth watching closely. DanCoinInvestor pointed out that Bitcoin never spiked into a clearly overvalued zone during the recent bull run, unlike every previous cycle. That changes things.
If the top was weaker than usual, the bottom might play out differently too.
“The current decline may also differ from past market bottoms, and it appears necessary to respond with this possibility in mind,” the analyst said.
Bitcoin Records $2.3B in Realized Losses
Separately, CryptoQuant analyst IT Tech reported that Bitcoin has recorded $2.3 billion in realized losses over a seven-day average. That puts this sell-off among the top three to five loss events in Bitcoin’s entire history, right alongside the Luna and FTX crashes of 2022.
BTC is currently trading around $68,283 after briefly dipping to $60,000 earlier this month. CryptoQuant flagged $55,000 as Bitcoin’s realized price, a level where bear markets have historically bottomed out.
In past cycles, BTC traded 24% to 30% below that mark before finding a floor.
What Comes Next for Bitcoin?
IT Tech warned that while extreme loss spikes have triggered rebounds before, relief rallies also show up during extended downturns. Nick Ruck from LVRG Research placed potential support between $40,000 and $60,000 depending on how conditions develop.
Ruck added that confirming a real bottom would need sustained institutional buying or miner stabilization beyond the current wave of distressed selling.
Ethereum may not be making daily headlines, but its long-term story is getting stronger. While short-term price swings continue to test investor patience, the broader foundation beneath ETH appears to be quietly improving.
Beyond speculation and hype cycles, Ethereum is increasingly becoming the infrastructure layer for tokenized finance. At the same time, the weekly chart shows the ETH price retesting a major macro support zone, a level that has historically acted as a launchpad for strong upside moves.
With fundamentals strengthening and technical structure holding, could Ethereum price be setting up for a larger breakout toward $5,000?
Ethereum’s Growing Role in Tokenized Finance
Ethereum now hosts more than 60% of all tokenized assets, with nearly $200 billion already settled on the network. That’s not just a DeFi statistic—it reflects real capital moving on-chain.
When institutions explore tokenizing real-world assets such as funds, bonds, or structured products, Ethereum continues to be the preferred base layer. Its established infrastructure, liquidity, and security track record give institutions confidence.
As tokenisation gains global traction, Ethereum stands to benefit from increased settlement activity and sustained on-chain demand. Instead of being viewed purely as a speculative asset, ETH is increasingly tied to real financial infrastructure.
ETH Weekly Chart Points to a Possible $7,000 Target
On the technical side, Ethereum price is currently retesting the lower boundary of a multi-year ascending channel on the weekly chart. In previous cycles, similar pullbacks toward this trendline formed higher lows, followed by significant rallies. The structure remains intact for now, suggesting that the broader uptrend has not been broken.
If ETH holds this macro support and begins climbing back toward the upper boundary of the channel, a breakout could open the door toward the $7,000 region. This target is derived from the projected move of the channel structure. This bullish setup depends on defending the current support. A confirmed breakdown below the channel base would weaken the macro outlook and delay any breakout scenario.
Conclusion
Ethereum’s leadership in tokenized assets strengthens its long-term narrative, especially as institutions increasingly settle value on-chain. At the same time, the weekly chart shows ETH sitting at a critical structural level within its broader uptrend.
If buyers step in and push the price higher from this zone, the path toward $7,000 becomes technically realistic. But for now, Ethereum must first prove that this macro support can hold. The next move could define whether ETH is simply consolidating or preparing for its next major expansion phase.
The US Bureau of Labor Statistics just released the January 2026 Consumer Price Index, and inflation came in lower than expected. Consumer prices rose 2.4% on an annual basis, below the 2.5% that economists surveyed by Bloomberg had forecast. The monthly increase was 0.2%, again below the expected 0.3%.
Core CPI, which excludes food and energy, came in at 2.5% year-over-year, matching forecasts. This is a clear improvement from December’s numbers, where headline inflation sat at 2.7% and core at 2.6%.
The report was delayed due to the brief government shutdown earlier this month.
Bitcoin is currently trading at $67,210, up 0.26% in the past hour. Ethereum is at $1,968, up 0.48%. The full price impact remains to be seen.
What This Means for the Fed and Crypto Markets
Bitcoin has been reacting sharply to inflation data in recent months. The reason is straightforward. CPI shapes expectations around Federal Reserve rate cuts, and rate expectations directly affect liquidity in markets.
When December’s hotter CPI print came in, Bitcoin dropped between 5% and 8%. A softer reading in November supported a 2% to 3% rebound in BTC. This pattern shows how closely crypto tracks these reports now.
Before today’s release, CME FedWatch showed a 90.3% chance that the Fed would hold rates steady at its next meeting. A cooler print like this one could push rate cut expectations forward, but the Fed does not meet again until March.
Worth noting, the US has now gone six straight years with inflation above the Fed’s 2% target. One better month does not change that.
Food Prices and Jobs Data Add to the Picture
Not everything is improving. Food prices rose 2.9% year-over-year in January, with coffee and beef driving much of that increase.
On the jobs side, data released earlier this week showed the US added just 181,000 jobs across 2025.
Nicole Bachaud, an economist, said, “The 181,000 jobs that were added across 2025 really starkly show how challenging the labor market was and how little movement on either side there really has been.”
The softer CPI gives the Fed more room, but with sticky food prices and a slow labor market, the bigger picture is still mixed. Bitcoin traders will be watching closely over the next few hours.
A Virginia federal judge sentenced the 61-year-old CEO of Praetorian Group International to 20 years in prison for orchestrating a $200 million Bitcoin Ponzi scheme that ran from late 2019 through 2021. He lured investors with phony daily returns of 0.5%-3% via a fake online trading portal, but no real trading ever occurred. Prosecutors detailed how he spent millions on luxury homes in Las Vegas and Los Angeles, high-end cars, designer goods, and family transfers. The court also ordered $62.7 million in restitution and forfeiture of $12.2 million in cash and properties as victims pursue compensation.
Seoul authorities disclosed that about $1.5 million in Bitcoin seized in a 2021 fraud case was transferred out of a secure wallet without detection and only uncovered during a nationwide audit. Although the device itself remained physically intact, the Gyeonggi Northern Provincial Police Agency has opened an investigation into possible internal involvement. The case follows a separate incident in which the Gwangju District Prosecutors’ Office lost 320 BTC in a phishing attack, raising fresh concerns over how confiscated crypto assets are protected in South Korea.
Cardano founder Charles Hoskinson post quantum plans are putting quantum cryptography into focus as the network prepares for future quantum computing risks.
Hoskinson revealed that Cardano is working with experts linked to Google, Linux groups, and Microsoft Research, aimed at preparing the blockchain for future quantum computing threats.
Charles Hoskinson Post Quantum Plans With Google and Microsoft
On February 13, speaking at Consensus Hong Kong, Charles Hoskinson shared details about a post-quantum program called Nightstream. His post quantum strategy includes working closely with researchers connected to major technology companies such as Google, Linux communities, and Microsoft Research.
BREAKING NEWS
CARDANO IS GOING POST-QUANTUM WITH GOOGLE & MICROSOFT@IOHK_Charles says Cardano is working alongside Google, Linux, and Microsoft Research on Nightstream, a cutting-edge post-quantum cryptography project.
The goal is to develop encryption that can remain secure even if quantum computers become powerful enough to break today’s cryptographic standards.
He described Nightstream as a future-ready replacement for Cardano’s existing zero-knowledge systems. The system is designed so it can be added when needed, without requiring major changes to the Cardano network’s core structure.
Post Quantum Crypto Explained: Why Nightstream Matters
The Nightstream system uses lattice-based cryptography, a newer type of security method. Meanwhile, this kind of encryption is considered safer against future quantum computer attacks. Most blockchains today still use older elliptic curve systems.
Further, Hoskinson stated that the system is fast, scalable, and works efficiently on AI chips. This makes it practical for real-world blockchain use.
Hoskinson on Post Quantum Google Microsoft Collaboration
Speaking further on Hoskinson on post quantum Google Microsoft cooperation, he highlighted that quantum risk is not just a blockchain issue but a global technology concern. Large corporations and universities are already investing heavily in research to prepare for this shift.
Charles Hoskinson post quantum planning suggests there are still years before quantum computing becomes a serious risk.
However, by developing Nightstream early, Cardano post quantum cryptography aims to stay prepared rather than react under pressure in the future.
Pi Network price is beginning to attract renewed attention as momentum builds ahead of the much-anticipated mainnet upgrade deadline on February 15. While the broader crypto market continues to trade cautiously, Pi token has quietly posted a strong intraday move, climbing more than 10% and attempting to reclaim lost technical ground.
The rally comes as node operators prepare for the first phase of the network’s upgrade process, a step aimed at strengthening performance, security, and scalability. Historically, protocol upgrades tend to act as short-term catalysts, especially when participation from validators and ecosystem contributors increases in the run-up to the event. Now, with price reacting positively, traders are asking a familiar question: Is this merely speculative positioning, or the early stage of a structural recovery?
The Pi Core Team has confirmed that the mainnet blockchain protocol is undergoing a series of coordinated upgrades aimed at strengthening overall performance, improving security architecture, and enhancing scalability as the ecosystem matures. February 15 marks the deadline for the first mandatory upgrade phase, and all mainnet node operators are required to update their software to remain active and synchronized with the network.
It is designed to refine consensus processes, reduce potential synchronization inconsistencies, and optimize transaction validation efficiency. Nodes that fail to implement the required changes risk falling out of alignment with the network, which increases the urgency among operators to comply before the deadline. Such mandatory network-wide upgrades often act as short-term catalysts because they signal ongoing development, operational maturity, and ecosystem commitment. The market’s current reaction suggests that participants are viewing this upgrade as a constructive step toward strengthening Pi’s infrastructure rather than a routine technical patch.
PI Network Price Analysis: Will the Recovery Extend?
Since late 2025, Pi Network price has been in a broader corrective phase, displaying lower lows. The chart structure shows price stabilizing above a key demand zone between $0.14-$0.15, which has acted as structural support multiple times. Recently, the PI token broke above a short-term descending trendline that had been suppressing recovery attempts. Today’s 10% surge pushed the token price above the $0.15 region, placing the $0.20 level directly in focus.
The $0.20 zone is technically significant for two reasons: it marks a prior breakdown zone and aligns with psychological resistance. A confirmed daily close above $0.20 could expose the next supply pocket around $0.22-$0.25, where previous distribution occurred. If rejection occurs near $0.20, Pi price may rotate back toward $0.14 support before attempting another breakout. Below that, the broader base near $0.12 remains the major structural defense.
Final Thoughts
Despite the recent bounce, broader crypto sentiment remains defensive, which limits the probability of an immediate parabolic expansion. Pi’s move appears tactical rather than euphoric ,traders positioning ahead of a defined catalyst rather than chasing momentum blindly.
If the mainnet upgrade proceeds smoothly and network participation strengthens, speculative confidence could extend the rally. However, failure to sustain above $0.20 would likely confirm that the move was largely event-driven positioning. For now, Pi Network price is showing early signs of stabilization and reclaiming short-term structure. Whether $0.20 becomes the launchpad for a broader recovery or simply another rejection point will likely be decided in the days surrounding the February 15 upgrade milestone.
FAQs
Why is Pi Network price going up today?
Pi Network price is climbing over 10% due to momentum building ahead of the mandatory mainnet upgrade deadline on February 15, which signals network development.
What is the Pi Network mainnet upgrade deadline?
The mainnet upgrade deadline is February 15, requiring all node operators to update their software to maintain network synchronization and security.
Is Pi Network a good investment right now?
The current rally appears tied to the upcoming upgrade, but broader crypto market sentiment remains defensive, suggesting tactical positioning rather than long-term euphoria.
SBI Holdings, one of Japan’s largest financial groups, has announced plans to acquire a majority stake in Coinhako, a leading cryptocurrency platform in Singapore. The deal signals SBI’s aggressive push to expand its digital asset footprint across Asia.
SBI will carry out the acquisition through its subsidiary SBI Ventures Asset Pte. Ltd. The deal involves both capital injection and buying out shares from Coinhako’s existing shareholders. Once complete, Coinhako will become a consolidated subsidiary of SBI Holdings.
Deal terms are still being worked out, and the transaction needs regulatory approval before it can go through.
Why Coinhako?
Coinhako has been around for over a decade and holds a Major Payment Institution license from Singapore’s Monetary Authority (MAS). That license is one of the toughest to get in Asia, and it gives SBI direct access to one of the region’s most important regulated crypto markets.
SBI Holdings Chairman and CEO Yoshitaka Kitao laid out the bigger picture.
“Integrating Coinhako into the digital asset ecosystem that the SBI Group has built will expand the global corridor for digital assets and become a major driving force in realizing next-generation finance, including tokenized stocks and stablecoins.”
Coinhako Co-Founder and CEO Yusho Liu said the deal speeds up what the platform has been building toward.
“By leveraging SBI Group’s extensive network and resources, Coinhako will expand our institutional-grade infrastructure to meet the growing demand for tokenized assets and stablecoins, helping to ensure Singapore remains at the heart of the world’s next-generation financial system.”
What’s Next?
SBI is using Singapore as its gateway to connect traditional finance with digital assets in Asia. The focus is on tokenized stocks, stablecoins, and serving both retail and institutional investors through a regulated platform.
Regulatory approval is still pending, so the timeline is unclear. But both sides have made their direction clear: next-generation finance, built from Singapore.
Never Miss a Beat in the Crypto World!
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
FAQs
Why is SBI Holdings acquiring Coinhako?
SBI wants to expand its digital asset presence in Asia. Buying Coinhako gives it regulated access to Singapore’s key crypto market.
What does Coinhako’s MAS license mean?
A Major Payment Institution license allows Coinhako to operate under strict rules in Singapore, boosting trust for retail and institutional users.
How will this deal impact crypto users in Singapore?
Users may see stronger infrastructure, more tokenized assets, and expanded services backed by SBI’s capital and global network.
When will the SBI–Coinhako acquisition be completed?
The deal is still pending regulatory approval, so timelines are unclear until authorities give final clearance.
The top cryptocurrency market in early 2026 is becoming increasingly selective. Investors are moving away from hype-driven tokens like Dogecoin (DOGE) and PEPE (PEPE) and focusing instead on projects with working products and real utility. As meme momentum cools and capital rotates, attention is shifting toward low-priced protocols with live infrastructure and long-term growth potential. One emerging new crypto project under $0.10 is beginning to attract that early positioning ahead of the 2027 cycle.
Dogecoin (DOGE)
Dogecoin (DOGE) currently trades at approximately $0.09, with a market capitalization of roughly $14 billion. While it remains the most famous meme coin in the world, its path to a new all-time high has become very difficult. The coin is currently fighting significant downward pressure as the broader market enters a “risk-off” mood. Without a capped supply, millions of new DOGE enter the market every year, making it harder for the price to stay above key technical levels.
Technical analysts are keeping a close eye on major resistance zones between $0.11 and $0.13. DOGE has failed to break these levels multiple times in early 2026, leading to a “bearish” structure on the daily charts. If it cannot reclaim $0.10 soon, there is a risk it could slide back toward the $0.07 support area. The coin still has a loyal community, but the lack of a clear technical use case is starting to weigh on its long-term growth potential.
Pepecoin (PEPE)
Pepecoin (PEPE) is currently trading at a fraction of a cent, with a market cap of about $1.5 billion. As a newer meme coin, it offers much higher volatility than Dogecoin, which attracts short-term traders looking for quick gains. However, PEPE is also facing a clear downtrend in February 2026. The token has been stabilizing near a critical support zone between $0.0000036 and $0.0000038. If this floor breaks, analysts warn that it could drop to much lower levels.
The resistance zones for PEPE are quite heavy, particularly around $0.0000050 and $0.0000068. To see a true reversal, the coin would need a massive surge in social media mentions or a new viral trend. Since PEPE is almost entirely driven by sentiment rather than utility, it remains highly vulnerable to changes in the market narrative. Many investors are starting to look for projects that offer more than just a funny mascot as they prepare for the 2027 cycle.
Mutuum Finance (MUTM)
While many meme coins struggle to establish long-term utility, Mutuum Finance (MUTM) is focused on building structured DeFi infrastructure. It is a decentralized lending and borrowing protocol aiming to let users supply tokens to earn yield or borrow against collateral without relying on traditional intermediaries.
The protocol’s whitepaper includes liquidity pools where supplier APY adjusts dynamically based on utilization. For example, stablecoin pools may target variable yields in the 8–12% range when borrowing demand is strong.
Borrowing is governed by predefined Loan-to-Value (LTV) ratios—such as 70%, meaning a user depositing $10,000 in collateral could access up to $7,000 in liquidity, with automated liquidation thresholds protecting system stability.
Mutuum Finance has already raised over $20.4 million during its structured distribution phase, signalling early capital commitment alongside infrastructure development. The project is currently in Phase 7 of its presale, with the token priced at $0.04. Since starting at $0.01 in early 2025, MUTM has already seen a 300% surge in value.
The project has a fixed supply of 4 billion tokens, with exactly 45.5% (1.82 billion tokens) allocated for the community. With over 19,000 holders already involved, the demand for this utility-driven token is outshining many of the purely speculative assets in the sub-ten-cent category.
Why Analysts Favor MUTM for Outperformance
Market experts believe MUTM is positioned to outperform DOGE and PEPE because of its core design. Dogecoin has an infinite supply, which creates constant sell pressure. Pepecoin has a massive supply and zero utility, making it a “hit or miss” investment.
Mutuum Finance’s roadmap, however, outlines a buy-and-distribute mechanism. A portion of the fees from the lending platform is used to buy back MUTM tokens and reward those who stake their assets. This links the token’s value directly to the growth of the platform.
Consider a $700 investment comparison. If you put $700 into DOGE at $0.09, you get about 7,777 tokens. For that to double, DOGE needs to hit $0.18, which requires billions in new market cap.
If you put $700 into the MUTM presale at $0.04, you secure 17,500 tokens. With a confirmed launch price of $0.06, that $700 is already worth $1,050 the moment it hits the market. Analysts believe that as the protocol scales, MUTM could reach $0.40 to $0.60, offering a much higher ceiling than legacy meme altcoins.
Technical Proof and Security
The strength of Mutuum Finance is rooted in its infrastructure rather than short-term pricing. The team has already deployed the V1 protocol on the Sepolia testnet, allowing users to interact directly with lending pools and observe how mtTokens accrue interest in real time.
Beyond supplier mechanics, the system also introduces debt tokens that represent outstanding borrow positions. These tokens track accrued interest and update dynamically as repayment obligations change.
Each borrowing account is governed by a health factor (or stability ratio), which measures collateral value relative to outstanding debt. If this ratio falls below a predefined threshold, automated liquidation logic activates to protect overall pool solvency.
To ensure the system is safe, Mutuum Finance (MUTM) has undergone a manual audit by Halborn Security. It also maintains a high 90/100 trust score from CertiK. For those looking for the best crypto under $0.10, the combination of a working product, professional audits, and a 300% growth track record makes MUTM a standout choice. As Phase 7 nears its end, the window to enter before the $0.06 launch is closing fast.
For more information about Mutuum Finance (MUTM) visit the links below:
U.S. January CPI came in softer than forecast at +2.4% year-over-year (consensus: +2.5%), with monthly headline at +0.2% (vs. +0.3%). Core CPI ex-food/energy matched expectations at +0.3% monthly. The downside surprise fuels bets on Federal Reserve rate cuts as early as March, boosting risk assets. Bitcoin surged 3% post-release, signaling renewed optimism for crypto amid easing inflation pressures. Markets eye next week’s FOMC for clues.
February 13, 2026 13:07:23 UTC
Bitcoin Caught Between Key Liquidation Zones
Bitcoin is trading between two major liquidity areas. On the upside, a heavy cluster of short liquidations sits between $69,000 and $74,000. A move into this zone could trigger forced buying and accelerate momentum. On the downside, a strong pocket of long liquidations rests between $64,000 and $66,000. A drop into that range may spark quick selling pressure as positions get wiped out.
February 13, 2026 12:27:03 UTC
Bitcoin Records One of Its Biggest Capitulation Events
Bitcoin has just gone through one of the largest capitulation events in its history, according to data from CryptoQuant. The latest sell-off ranks among the top three to five biggest realized loss events ever recorded.The scale of losses is being compared to the 2021 market crash, showing widespread panic selling. In past cycles, such major capitulations have often signaled late-stage fear before market stabilization.
February 13, 2026 11:51:22 UTC
January CPI Key for Fed Rate Outlook
The January Consumer Price Index (CPI) will play a key role in shaping expectations around interest rates. Markets expect inflation to slow to around 2.5% year-on-year. However, despite the projected cooling, futures data suggests the chances of an immediate rate cut from the Federal Reserve remain low for now.
February 13, 2026 11:47:50 UTC
CPI Data Release Today, Markets Brace for Volatility
The January inflation report lands Friday morning, and traders are treating it like a key policy event. CPI is expected at 2.5% year-on-year, which would bring inflation back to May 2025 levels despite tariff measures introduced under Donald Trump. A softer reading could lift rate-cut hopes and support Bitcoin and broader crypto. But a hotter print may push the dollar and yields higher, putting pressure on risk assets.
February 13, 2026 11:47:50 UTC
January CPI Report Today: Headline Seen Cooling, Core Inflation Picks Up
Wall Street expects a mixed inflation report for January. Headline CPI is projected at 0.26% month-on-month and 2.5% year-on-year, slightly lower than December’s 0.31% and 2.7%.However, core CPI is expected to rise 0.34% monthly, up from 0.24% in December, though the yearly rate may ease to 2.5%. Forecasts for core remain widely split, showing uncertainty around seasonal effects and tariff-related price pressures.
February 13, 2026 11:43:14 UTC
Oil Trend Signals January CPI May Come in Higher
There’s a simple way to gauge where inflation may head. When oil prices fall compared to the previous month, CPI usually comes in lower than expected. When oil prices rise, inflation tends to surprise on the upside. Since oil prices increased in January, the upcoming CPI report is likely to show higher-than-expected inflation, which could impact market sentiment.
JasmyCoin’s latest rebound attempt has already run into trouble. After briefly stabilizing and pushing toward the upper end of its recent range, JASMY faced a sharp rejection, with sellers stepping back in decisively. The failure to hold the bounce raises a critical question: was this recovery just another temporary relief rally within a broader downtrend?
The strong bearish reaction from the upper range suggests that supply remains active at higher levels. With price now slipping back toward the lower boundary of its recent structure, traders are watching closely. Will buyers defend this zone once again, or is the market preparing for a deeper breakdown?
The next move could define whether the JASMY price is building a base—or simply extending its bearish phase.
Can the JASMY Price Continue With the V-Shaped Recovery to $0.008?
JASMY remains trapped within a descending parallel channel despite its recent bounce. The recovery attempt stalled near the upper boundary of the channel, where sellers stepped back in aggressively. This rejection keeps the broader bearish structure intact for now.
Price is also struggling near the mid-Bollinger Band, which often acts as dynamic resistance during downtrends. Until JASMY pushes decisively above this level and reclaims the $0.0066–$0.0070 zone, the V-shaped recovery remains incomplete.
Also Read :
Meanwhile, MACD continues to hover below the signal line, reflecting weak bullish momentum despite the recent rebound. A breakout above the channel resistance could open the path toward $0.008 and potentially $0.0104. However, failure to hold above $0.0048 may drag the price back toward lower support levels within the channel.
The Bottom Line
JasmyCoin price is at a decisive point. The recent bounce suggested a possible V-shaped recovery, but rejection at the upper boundary of the descending parallel channel shows sellers remain active. Unless price reclaims the $0.0066–$0.0070 zone and breaks above channel resistance, the broader bearish structure stays intact.
A confirmed breakout could open the path toward $0.008 and possibly $0.0104. However, losing the $0.0044–$0.0048 support area would weaken the recovery thesis and risk deeper downside. The next few sessions should determine whether the JASMY price is preparing for a reversal or extending its downtrend.
FAQs
Why is JasmyCoin price down today?
JASMY price is down due to a sharp rejection at the upper range boundary, confirming that sellers remain active and are defending higher levels.
What is the JasmyCoin price prediction for 2026?
A confirmed breakout above the $0.0066–$0.0070 resistance zone could push JASMY toward $0.008, while losing $0.0048 risks further downside.
Is JasmyCoin a good investment right now?
JASMY remains within a bearish channel; a breakout above resistance is needed to confirm a recovery, otherwise downside risk persists.
Brazil’s Congress is once again debating a bold proposal that could reshape the country’s financial strategy. Lawmakers have reintroduced a bill that would allow the gradual purchase of up to 1 million Bitcoin over five years, creating what they call the Strategic Sovereign Bitcoin Reserve (RESbit). If approved, the plan would make Brazil one of the largest holders of Bitcoin in the world and show strong support for the asset from a major economy.
How It Could Impact Bitcoin’s Supply and Price
Bitcoin has a fixed supply of 21 million coins, and many are already lost or held for the long term. If a large country buys up to 1 million BTC over five years, it would reduce the amount available in the market.
If the buying happens slowly, the price impact may not be immediate. However, steady government purchases could increase demand over time and reduce available supply. Even the expectation of such buying could push prices higher, as traders often react in advance. When a country commits to buying Bitcoin, it sends a strong signal that it believes in its long-term value.
When the Effects Could Begin
The timing depends on the political process. The bill must pass through congressional committees and may face resistance from Brazil’s central bank, which does not currently treat Bitcoin as part of official reserves. This process could take months or even longer.
Still, markets often react before policies are fully implemented. If the proposal gains support or shows signs of approval, prices could move even before any actual purchases begin. On the other hand, delays or rejection could reduce excitement in the market. Early price changes are likely to be driven by sentiment, while later effects would depend on real buying activity.
Broader Impact on the Crypto Market
Beyond Bitcoin, such a move could influence how other governments view digital assets. If Brazil commits around $68 billion to buying BTC, other emerging economies may consider similar steps so they are not left behind. The revised bill sets a clear goal of acquiring at least 1,000,000 BTC over five years.
This could encourage more governments to hold Bitcoin as part of their national reserves, similar to how countries hold gold. Greater government participation could also attract more institutional investors and increase trust in the crypto market.
Over time, the plan could strengthen Bitcoin’s image as “digital gold” and as a way to protect against currency risks. Although the proposal still faces regulatory and political challenges, its discussion alone shows a shift in how some countries view Bitcoin — not just as a speculative asset, but as a possible part of national financial strategy.
Never Miss a Beat in the Crypto World!
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
FAQs
How would Brazil buying 1M BTC affect Bitcoin’s price?
Gradual government buying could tighten supply and lift demand over time. Markets may also react early if approval looks likely.
When could Brazil start purchasing Bitcoin?
Purchases would begin only after the bill clears Congress and regulatory review, a process that could take months or longer.
Why would Brazil add Bitcoin to national reserves?
Supporters see Bitcoin as digital gold—scarce, global, and potentially useful for diversification and currency risk protection.
Could other countries follow Brazil’s Bitcoin reserve plan?
Yes. If approved, it may encourage emerging economies to consider BTC reserves to diversify assets and stay competitive.
The crypto market today is going to see strong volatility as bitcoin options expiry and ethereum options expiry bring nearly $3 billion worth of contracts to an end on the Deribit exchange.
This major crypto options expiry represents close to 9% of total open interest, making it a key event for short-term price action.
Bitcoin Options Expiry To Sees $2.5 Billion
According to Deribit’s latest data, the bitcoin options expiry included around 38,000 contracts with a total value of nearly $2.5 billion.
The put-call ratio stands at 0.71, showing that traders are taking a balanced view rather than betting heavily in one direction. The BTC max pain level is at $74,000, while Bitcoin traded near $66,872.
The Bitcoin option expiry chart shows rising caution in the market, especially as Bitcoin continues to struggle to move back above the $70,000 level.
Ethereum Options Expiry Adds Pressure With $410 Million
Alongside Bitcoin, the ethereum options expiry covered about 215,000 contracts worth roughly $410 million. However, the ETH “max pain” level sits around $2,100, while the current price is near $1,950.
The put-call ratio is close to 0.82, which shows many traders are still protecting against further downside.
How the Crypto Market will React
This week’s expiry is larger than last week’s event, when a notable bitcoin options expiry saw about $2.1 billion worth of BTC contracts settle. During that expiry, Bitcoin’s price moved by around 2%, showing only a limited short-term impact.
Historically, expiries of this size can slightly influence short-term price moves, but markets often stabilize once positions are settled.
Now, with Bitcoin trading near $66,891 and Ethereum around $1,985, the market could see short bursts of volatility again as open interest unwinds.
Never Miss a Beat in the Crypto World!
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
FAQs
What happens during Bitcoin and Ethereum options expiry?
Options expiry is when crypto contracts settle. Traders close or roll positions, which can briefly increase volatility.
Does options expiry always cause Bitcoin price drops?
No. Expiry can trigger volatility, but historical data shows price moves are often limited and short-lived.
How should traders prepare for crypto options expiry?
Expect volatility, manage risk, avoid overleveraging, and watch key levels like max pain and open interest.
The Dash price could reach a maximum of $1200 in 2026.
Dash price with a potential surge, may reach a high of $3206.16 by 2030.
Dash, short for digital cash, was created with a clear vision of becoming a fast, secure, and practical payment-focused cryptocurrency. Built to support decentralized applications and everyday transactions, Dash has spent much of its history oscillating between periods of explosive growth and prolonged consolidation.
Its journey reflects the broader evolution of the crypto market, where early hype-driven rallies were followed by deep corrections, long accumulation phases, and renewed attempts at recovery.
Over the years, Dash has demonstrated resilience by repeatedly attracting demand during extended downtrends, signaling a persistent belief in its utility as a privacy-oriented payment network.
Market cycles, macro shocks, and shifting investor sentiment have all shaped its price behavior, turning Dash into a classic example of a high-volatility asset with long-term structural patterns. By the end of twenty twenty five, Dash found itself at a critical juncture, having built a solid base after years of decline, setting the stage for renewed optimism around its future potential.
Now, investors are intrigued whether DASH can generate 1000% gains in 2026? To know in depth, read this article on DASH price prediction 2026 to 2030.
DASH/USD has consolidated after climbing from $22 to $149 in the fourth quarter of 2025. Recent bullish sentiment surrounding privacy coins, fueled by increasing investor confidence and institutional interest, positions DASH for a potential breakout in 2026. Currently, it is receiving strong support around $50. A rise above $125 could target $400, with the possibility of reaching $1,200 by the end of 2026, marking significant gains.
DASH Price Prediction 2026
The DASH/USD trading range has significantly tightened after making a remarkable ascent from October’s low of $22 to a resistance peak of $149, where it faced a setback in Q4 2025. However, the recent positive reaction of XMR in early January indicates a strong return of bullish sentiment in the privacy coins sector resonating in other privacy coins like DASH, too.
Now, DASH crypto’s bullish setup strongly suggests a powerful odds of resurgence, as investor confidence in privacy-oriented cryptocurrencies like ZEC and Monero continues to grow. This is largely driven by increased institutional involvement in Bitcoin and DeFi, along with rising concerns over data exposure and financial surveillance in an increasingly regulated digital landscape, which is boosting the overall privacy sector.
Given DASH’s status as a popular privacy asset, a significant reaction is imminent, when a right catalyst is met. Also, The multiyear setup to breakout for good in 2026 appears highly promising.
Despite the current price of DASH/USD remaining below its historical peak, recent trends indicate a renewed investor interest in privacy assets. As of January 2026, the DASH price has demonstrated a bullish response, particularly from the $50 threshold. Should it successfully surpass the $125 level in the first quarter, the next ambitious target may be set at $400, representing a substantial 750% increase.
If this target is attained, the Q4 2026 rally could extend further towards $1200, yielding an impressive gain exceeding 2800% from its current market valuation.
DASH On-Chain Analysis
Dash is also flashing bullish signal as network activity surges to impressive new heights this January. With daily transactions hitting 33,462 and unique active addresses climbing to 32,734, the ecosystem is buzzing with organic demand. This rising utility suggests a robust foundation for long-term price appreciation and adoption.
The “smart money” is aggressively positioning, as top whales absorbed a staggering $21.53 million in DASH this month alone.
Meanwhile, a 7.42% spike in hashrate and rising mining difficulty underscore a secure, rapidly growing network. With massive institutional accumulation vastly outpacing mild selling pressure, DASH is primed for a powerful breakout.
DASH Long-Term Price Prediction 2027-2030
Year
Potential Low ($)
Potential Average ($)
Potential High ($)
2027
917.89
1435.78
1653.67
2028
1326.83
1653.67
1980.51
2029
1490.24
1980.51
2470.77
2030
1735.36
2470.77
3206.16
DASH Price Prediction 2027
As the adoption constantly increases, the projected price of this altcoin may vary between $917.89 and $1653.67, with an average of $1435.78.
DASH Token Price Projection 2028
With the next Bitcoin Halving scheduled this year, the Dash price may fluctuate between $1326.83 and $1980.51, with an average of $1653.67.
DASH Crypto Price Prediction 2029
Anticipating the start of a new crypto bull cycle, this altcoin could range between $1490.24 to $2470.77, with an average price of $1980.51.
DASH Price Prediction 2030
By 2030, the price of Dash crypto token may range between $1735.36 to $3206.16. Considering the high and low, it could settle the year with an average trading price of $2470.77.
Never Miss a Beat in the Crypto World!
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
FAQs
What is Dash and how does it work?
Dash is a fast, secure cryptocurrency designed for everyday payments, supporting decentralized applications and privacy-focused transactions.
What is the Dash price prediction for 2026?
Dash could rise from $50 to $400 in 2026, with a potential high of $1200 if bullish momentum continues in privacy-focused crypto.
What is the Dash price prediction for 2027?
Dash may range between $917 and $1653 in 2027 as adoption grows and market conditions favor privacy-oriented cryptocurrencies.
What is the Dash price prediction for 2028?
Dash could trade between $1326 and $1980 in 2028, influenced by Bitcoin halving events and increasing investor interest in privacy coins.
What is the Dash price prediction for 2030?
Dash could range from $1735 to $3206 by 2030, reflecting long-term growth, adoption, and continued demand for privacy-focused crypto assets.
Is Dash a good investment for privacy-focused crypto?
Dash remains a strong choice for privacy payments, offering fast transactions and long-term growth potential for investors seeking secure digital cash.
The asset could reach a high of $6100 by the end of 2026.
The price of Ethereum could reach a high of $15,575 by 2030.
January has traditionally been a robust month for Ethereum (ETH). However, the year 2025 presented unique challenges, as ETH encountered new all-time highs alongside some bearish trends influenced by various macroeconomic factors. As the new year 2026 unfolds, there are encouraging signs of recovery, although the current Ethereum price prediction for 2026 remains mixed.
However, the past year has posed significant challenges that have raised important questions regarding Ethereum’s crypto trajectory. There is cautious optimism about a potential bullish cycle for 2026, should ETH manage to diverge from last year’s seasonal patterns.
This bullish optimism is due to the Ethereum network, which underwent two significant technical enhancements last year, known as Pectra and Fusaka, resulting in improved scalability and reduced transaction fees.
Now, many are intrigued about where the ETH price could go next. This article covers Ethereum price prediction 2026-2030.
Ethereum’s price is currently following a trend established since 2020. In 2026, it’s forming a wider ascending channel, signaling that a larger accumulation process is underway that may lead to a stronger price recovery, although demand hasn’t yet reached the threshold for a major upward move. But major eyes are on the Key support levels at $1,200 and $1,700, which could lead to a recovery towards $2,878, possibly retesting $4,076 later.
However, if demand fails, ETH may remain in a consolidation phase, trading within the current channel and delaying the next trend.
Ethereum Price Targets February 2026
January was a bit rough for ETH, as it lost control of $2800 support and crashed all the way to $1750 in early February. The decline was immense, but now half of February is almost completed, and what the other half of this month could show depends totally on how the broader market behaves, especially how BTC behaves the rest of the month.
But technically speaking, an ascending channel is maintaining the current price action, and it has retested the lower support of this pattern, so there’s a chance it might head for a retest towards $2878 in the remaining days of this month. Or else it could consolidate under $2000 to accumulate.
Ethereum Price Prediction 2026
The Ethereum price currently presents a compelling long-term technical structure on monthly timeframe, defined by its loyalty to a multi-year 45-degree ascending trendline that has served as a primary anchor for price action since 2020. Historically, its seen this trendline has functioned as a critical pivot point; the market has cycled between periods of aggressive expansion above this diagonal and phases of strategic consolidation below it.
Notably, whenever ETH trades beneath this trendline, it tends to form a secondary, short-term ascending channel that lasts couple of months to complete. These channels act as accumulation zones where price oscillates until sufficient demand is harnessed and that ends up in a high-momentum “blast off” once the criteria for a bullish breakout are met.
In the current 2026 market environment, a familiar structural pattern is caught again, though the only difference this time is that it has increased volatility and has a broader range. The current ascending channel is developing since 2025 which aligns closely with the multi-year trendline but has notably widened compared to previous cycles. While the price action suggests an appetite for recovery, but the facts suggests that the market has not yet hit the specific demand threshold required to trigger a definitive vertical move.
From a volume perspective, an anchored volume profile indicates that ETH is finding significant support around high-momentum footprints and it will be difficult for bears to completely destroy these levels especially the most stronger one around $1200 and $1700. These levels represent areas of historic institutional interest and suggest a solid floor is forming. If buyer demand intensifies at these levels, we anticipate a recovery trajectory with an initial target of $2,878 within the first quarter of 2026. A successful breach of that level would open the door for a retest of the $4,076 psychological resistance by the end of the second quarter.
However, a cautious approach remains necessary. Should the market fail to attract the requisite demand at these support levels, the current consolidation phase below the multi-year trendline will likely persist. In this bearish alternative, ETH would continue to trade within the confines of its 2025 ascending channel, extending the accumulation period before the next major trend is established. The interplay between this short-term channel and the long-term trendline will ultimately dictate whether the next move is a bullish continuation or a prolonged sideways grind.
ETH On-Chain Analysis
Ethereum’s utility has reached a decade-high peak in 2026, with 30-day active addresses hitting an extraordinary 14.74 million. This surge in network engagement across all timeframes like 24-h, 7-D, and 30-d clearly signals immense fundamental strength and ecosystem optimism.
While retail holders with 10 to 10,000 ETH have reduced exposure, institutional “mega-whales” holding 10M to 100M coins are aggressively absorbing the supply.
This strategic accumulation by the market’s largest players indicates a massive transfer to strong hands. This temporary price compression acts as a springboard; once bearish momentum settles, this institutional backing suggests a powerful upward breakout.
Ethereum price prediction 2027-2030
Year
Potential Low ($)
Potential Average ($)
Potential High ($)
2027
7,071.08
14,142.16
21,213.24
2028
10,606.62
21,213.24
31,819.86
2029
15,909.93
31,819.86
47,729.79
2030
23,864.90
47,729.79
71,594.69
Ethereum Price Forecast 2027
The Ethereum 2027 forecast expects the ETH coin price to make a new all-time high at $21,213.24. However, a correction based on market shortcomings may drive the ETH crypto to $7,071.08, with an average of $14,142.16.
ETH Price Prediction 2028
In 2028, the chances of Ethereum dominating the crypto market rise as the ETH price potentially makes a new high at $31,819.86. On the other hand, the altcoin might fall to $10,606.62, making an average of $21,213.24.
Ethereum Price Forecast 2029
Approaching its all-time high of $47,729.79 in 2029, the Ethereum price is expected to surpass the psychological barrier of $40,000. In case of a correction, $ETH may reach a low of $15,909.93, with an average price of $31,819.86.
Ethereum Price Prediction 2030
As per our Ethereum Price Prediction 2030, the ETH crypto price is projected to reach a new all-time high of $71,594.69 in 2030, with a potential low of $23,864.90 and an average price of $47,729.79.
Based on the historic market sentiments and trend analysis of the largest altcoin by market capitalization, here are the possible Ethereum price targets for the longer time frames.
Year
Potential Low
Average Price
Potential High
2031
35,797.35
71,594.69
107,392.04
2032
53,696.02
107,392.04
161,088.06
2033
80,544.03
161,088.06
241,632.09
2040
~1,376,550
~2,753,110
~4,128,680
2050
~79,396,500
~158,793,000
~238,189,500
Market Analysis
Firm Name
2026
2030
Changelly
$5,375
$24,196
Coincodex
$3,816.62
$6,660.08
Binance
$3,674.52
$4,466.40
Never Miss a Beat in the Crypto World!
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
FAQs
What is Ethereum’s price prediction for 2026?
Ethereum could trade between key support near $2,500 and a potential high around $6,000 in 2026 if adoption grows and bullish momentum holds.
What will be the price of Ethereum in 2027?
Ethereum is forecast to trade between $7,000 and $21,000 in 2027, with the average price near $14,000 if bullish momentum continues.
How much will 1 ETH be worth in 2030?
Based on current projections, 1 ETH could trade between $23,000 and $71,000 by 2030, depending on adoption, market cycles, and macro trends.
How high will Ethereum go in 10 years?
Over the next decade, Ethereum’s price could rise substantially if it remains a leading smart contract platform, though long-term forecasts remain speculative.
Why is Ethereum expected to grow long-term?
Ethereum benefits from network upgrades, lower fees, strong developer activity, and its central role in DeFi, NFTs, and smart contracts.
What risks could affect Ethereum’s future price?
Macro conditions, regulatory changes, competition from other blockchains, and market volatility could slow or disrupt Ethereum’s price growth.
The live price of the Zcash token is $ 232.68510528
Zcash (ZEC) may surge to $840 in 2026 amid growing privacy tech adoption.
ZEC price could hit $7,060 by 2030 if zero-knowledge upgrades succeed.
In 2025, the cryptocurrency landscape witnessed a tectonic shift as “Privacy Narrative 2.0” took center stage, propelling Zcash (ZEC) from a multi-year slumber into a staggering 1,500%+ rally. While much of the market focused on institutional ETFs for Bitcoin and Ethereum, ZEC quietly outperformed the majors, surging from sub-$40 lows in september to a multi-year peak near $744 by late November 2025. This resurgence was fueled by a unique convergence of institutional interest, high-profile endorsements, and a global pivot toward zero-knowledge (zk-SNARK) technology as a necessity for financial security.
As 2026 is ongoing, the excitement has turned into a high-stakes question: Was the 2025 “Privacy Summer” just a speculative spike, or the first leg of a massive structural repricing? With Zcash currently consolidating around the $510 mark, investors are closely watching to see if the upcoming protocol upgrades, the potential conversion of the Grayscale Zcash Trust into a spot ETF, and the growth of shielded DeFi (Ztarknet) can trigger a repeat performance.
Let’s dive deep into our comprehensive Zcash price prediction for 2026–2030 to determine if ZEC is preparing for its next parabolic run or a long-term period of base-building.
In 2025, it surged to an ATH but fell sharply in late Q4 2025. In Q1 2026, it continued where Q4 2025 left off, breaking $300 support. By early February 2026, it briefly dipped below $200 before recovering to $240. A further drop below $200 could see it reach $90-$100 support.
ZEC Price Targets For February 2026
January was a declining month for ZEC/USD, as it slipped below $300. In February, it briefly dropped below $200 but stabilized around that level. This demonstrated that bulls were defending this price point more strongly, and by mid-month, it recovered to $240.
For the remaining days of February, ZEC/USD needs to rebound to $300, which could be the target for the month. However, if it fails to achieve this, a consolidation around $200 may continue.
ZEC Price Prediction 2026
Amid ongoing discussions surrounding financial surveillance, Central Bank Digital Currencies (CBDCs), and the delicate balance between personal freedom and regulatory measures, Zcash (ZEC) has re-emerged as a potential safeguard against regulatory concerns. Throughout 2025, Zcash crypto experienced a notable resurgence as interest in zero-knowledge infrastructure grew globally.
Even in the fourth quarter of 2025, ZEC/USD remained a particularly compelling asset, reflecting both its performance and the demand from investors.
But ZEC fell into bearish grips, and after a big fight between bulls and bears, the bears won in the short term, allowing $300 support to break. In early February 2026, it briefly fell under $200 before recovering to $240 by mid-February.
The breakdown appears bearish, and the fall could extend if it breaks $200 again; it could also fall to the $90-$100 support range, where a reversal may occur.
ZEC On-Chain Analysis
ZEC is seeing an increase in shielded transactions despite a decline in its token price, indicating that price is not limiting its utility. Privacy is becoming increasingly crucial for traders and investors considering adopting ZEC. In November, shielded transactions made up about 7.9% of total transactions, peaking at 25.3% in early December.
Even during a token sell-off, shielded transactions decreased only to 18%, while transparent transactions dropped significantly. Currently, shielded transactions are rising again to 20%, showing a growing interest in this feature. ZEC offers privacy transactions via two methods: Sapling and Orchard, with Orchard preferred.
ZEC Price Prediction 2026 – 2030
Year
Potential Low ($)
Potential Average ($)
Potential High ($)
2026
$380
$571
$840
2027
$697
$1394
$2092
2028
$1046
$2000
$3138
2029
$1569
$3108
$4707
2030
$2353
$4700
$7060
ZEC Price Prediction 2027
In 2027, new upgrades like better decentralization and zk-rollup support could push ZEC higher. Most estimates place the price between $697 and $2092, with an average of $1394.
ZEC Price Prediction 2028
The year 2028 may mark a broader wave of adoption for zero-knowledge identity systems globally. As regulatory systems mature, ZEC could benefit as a pioneer in zk-based privacy infrastructure. The projected range of $1046 to $3138, and an average of $2000.
ZEC Price Prediction 2029
The 2029 market cycle could align with Zcash establishing itself as a core infrastructure asset within the privacy space. As per the analysis, we expect ZEC to rally toward $1569–$4707
ZEC Price Prediction 2030
By 2030, if Zcash becomes fast, scalable, and ready for large-scale use, it could hit new highs. The price could reach up to $7060 by the end of the year.
Never Miss a Beat in the Crypto World!
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
FAQs
What is Zcash (ZEC) and how does it work?
Zcash is a privacy-focused cryptocurrency using zk-SNARK technology to keep transactions private while still secure on the blockchain.
What is the ZEC price prediction for 2026?
ZEC could trade between $380 and $840 in 2026, depending on zero-knowledge upgrades, adoption growth, and overall market conditions.
What factors influence ZEC’s price growth?
ZEC’s price depends on privacy demand, zk-upgrades, regulatory trends, institutional interest, and adoption of shielded transactions.
How much will Zcash be worth in 2030?
If adoption accelerates and scalability improves, Zcash could reach up to $7,060 by 2030, driven by privacy infrastructure demand.
Is Zcash a good investment?
Zcash can be a good investment for those seeking privacy-focused crypto, but consider market volatility and technology adoption before investing.
Does ZEC have a future?
Yes, ZEC has a strong future potential as global interest in privacy tech and zk-proof systems grows in finance and blockchain.
TRX price could surge to $0.60 in 2026, with long-term growth reaching $3.55 by 2030 amid strong network adoption and bullish trends.
Tron (TRX) evolves as a global payment layer, dominating stablecoins and poised for major gains from 2026 to 2030.
Since its inception in 2017, TRON (TRX) has evolved from a bold vision of a decentralized internet into the indispensable “global settlement layer” of the digital economy. While many blockchains compete for niche developer interest, TRON has spent the last few years cementing its status as the world’s most active payment highway by dominating the stablecoin sector with the majority share of on-chain USDT activity.
The year 2024-2025 was a period of unprecedented scaling for the network. Bolstered by the “SunPump” memecoin frenzy and a milestone of over 12.5 billion lifetime transactions, TRX emerged as a top-tier deflationary asset. Its record daily transaction counts and a strategic reverse merger bringing TRON’s influence into traditional financial markets are one positive factor that has helped the network prove it can handle institutional-grade volume with near-zero fees.
However, as we have entered 2026, a new set of questions has gripped the market. can TRON’s utility-driven momentum outpace the rising competition from Layer-2 solutions? Is the current consolidation a “buy the dip” opportunity before a move toward the elusive $1.00 mark?
In this Coinpedia deep dive, we leverage technical analysis and on-chain metrics to forecast the TRX price trajectory from 2026 to 2030.
TRX/USD closed 2025 at $0.2850, with 2026 projections of $0.5500 to $0.6000. After reaching $0.32 in January, it declined in February and seeks stability. A bearish target of $0.23 may be a key footing its looking for that can trigger a solid reversal.
TRX Price Prediction February 2026
On the daily chart, January 2026 shows an upward trend until it reached $0.32 on January 18, where it faced rejection and began correcting. In February, it may drop to $0.2520 or rise back to $0.3200.
TRX Price Prediction 2026
TRX/USD closed 2025 at approximately $0.2850, and projections for 2026 indicate a potential rise of 90% to 100%, reaching between $0.5500 and $0.6000.
January 2026 started positively, with TRX/USD gaining to hit $0.32. However, it experienced a decline in February and appears to be returning to the lower end of the ascending channel pattern, which was last observed in Q3 2024. Since then, it reached an all-time high (ATH) of $0.44 but is now seeking a stable footing to attract strong demand again.
Currently, a bearish target of $0.23 seems likely in the coming weeks. This could trigger a reversal, similar to the previous instance when it took only a few months to reach the upper boundary of the ascending channel.
TRX On-chain Analysis
On-chain metrics reinforce the bullish momentum; Tron’s Spot Average Order Size shows a massive surge in Big Whale Orders (large green dots) throughout November 2025 to mid-January 2026. This heavy accumulation by high-conviction players supports the bounce off the 50-week EMA recently seen in TRX price action as well.
Also, the total number of unique active addresses is in uptrend, too, which confirms the blockchain’s utilization.
TRX Long-Term Price Prediction 2026-2030
Year
Potential Low ($)
Potential Average ($)
Potential High ($)
2026
0.55
0.85
1.10
2027
0.77
1.13
1.49
2028
0.94
1.50
2.07
2029
1.35
2.01
2.68
2030
1.82
2.69
3.55
TRX Price Prediction 2026
By 2026, the TRX coin price is expected to hit a high of $1.10, surpassing the next crucial psychological level of $1.00. In case of an economic slowdown, the TRX price is expected to make a low of $0.55, with an average of $0.85.
TRON Coin Price Projection 2027
With a potential recovery in 2027, the TRX price is expected to continue the bull run and retest the high of $1.49. On the flip side, the TRX crypto can bottom out at $0.77, with an average of $1.13.
TRON Crypto Price Forecast 2028
With continued bullish momentum in 2028, the TRX price can form a range between $0.94 and $2.07, with an average price of $1.50.
TRON Token Price Action 2029
The TRX price is expected to surpass the psychological barrier of $2.50. Creating a new swing high at $0.2.68, the TRX crypto might form a low at $1.35, with an average of $2.01.
TRON (TRX) Price Prediction 2030
TRX coin price is expected to create a new all-time high of $3.55 in 2030. With a potential low of $1.82, the crypto will have an average price of $2.69.
Tron Price Prediction 2031, 2032, 2033, 2040, 2050
Year
Potential Low ($)
Potential Average ($)
Potential High ($)
2031
2.08
3.34
4.61
2032
2.73
4.41
6.09
2033
3.52
5.67
7.83
2040
14.08
20.87
27.67
2050
84.66
127.87
171.09
Never Miss a Beat in the Crypto World!
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
FAQs
What is the TRX price prediction for 2026?
TRX is expected to trade between $0.55 and $1.10 in 2026, supported by strong adoption, technical trends, and bullish market momentum.
What is the TRX price prediction for 2027?
In 2027, TRX could range from $0.77 to $1.49, with an average around $1.13, continuing its steady upward trend.
What is the TRX price prediction for 2028?
TRX may reach $0.94–$2.07 in 2028, with an average price of $1.50, driven by growing network usage and stablecoin dominance.
What is the TRX price prediction for 2030?
By 2030, TRX could hit a high of $3.55, with a potential low of $1.82, reflecting long-term growth in payments and blockchain adoption.
Is TRX a good investment for the future?
TRX shows strong long-term potential, with projected growth through 2030, backed by real-world use in payments, stablecoins, and global adoption.
The live price of the Stellar crypto is $ 0.15786448
XLM price could reach a maximum of $2.00 in 2026.
This altcoin could surpass the $6 mark with a high of $6.19 by 2030
Stellar, once recognized merely as a rapid payment network, has now set its sights on ambitious goals. Through strategic partnerships and an impressive roadmap, it is diligently establishing the groundwork for global finance. Anticipating steady growth in cross-border payments, XLM proudly stands as one of the leading asset in its category.
The XLM has raised the question, given its rising fundamentals, “Will XLM price make a strong comeback in 2026?” If yes, then “Can XLM reach $2 in 2026?” This Stellar (XLM) price prediction addresses all such queries and provides price targets for 2026 and the years to follow, up to 2030.
XLM price has fallen below $0.20 and is anticipated to decline further. However, it may experience a strong rebound at $0.10, with the potential to reach $0.57 by mid-2026, representing a 150% gain. If XLM/USD surpasses the $0.57 mark, it could reach a new all-time high of approximately $2.00, which would be an 800% increase.
Stellar Price Prediction 2026
XLM has dropped below $0.20 by the end of January, continuing from where December left off, but it is all happening inside an established 9-year-old symmetrical triangle pattern that is tightening its price movements each year, and 2025 played a decent role in compressing the coil tighter. For now, the bleeding trend suggests a potential decline towards $0.10, aligning with the lower boundary of this triangle.
However, there is a strong possibility for a rebound from this lower edge. By the first half of 2026, projections indicate that XLM/USD could surge to $0.57, which will represent a minimum gain of around 150% as it tests the upper boundary of the symmetrical triangle.
If this scenario unfolds, we could see a remarkable year-end with a new all-time high (ATH) around $2.00, reflecting an impressive 800% growth from current levels. This is likely, as a breakthrough beyond $0.57 would signal a significant breakout from the pattern, with $1.00 as the initial target on the path to that $2.00 milestone.
XLM Long-Term Price Prediction 2027-2030
Year
Potential Low ($)
Average Price ($)
Potential High ($)
2027
2.15
2.26
2.90
2028
2.76
3.56
4.36
2029
3.49
4.67
4.85
2030
4.01
5.60
6.19
XLM Price Prediction 2027
The Stellar price may continue its bullish run in 2027, potentially reaching a high of $2.90. On the other hand, the low could be around $2.15, with an average price of $2.26.
XLM Stellar Price Prediction 2028
The XLM Stellar price may trade within the range of $2.76 and $4.36 during the year 2028, with an average price of $3.56.
XLM Coin Price Analysis 2029
This altcoin may surpass $4.50 and reach a high of $4.85 in 2029. Conversely, if the bears dominate the market, it could hit a low of $3.49, with an average price of $4.67.
Stellar Price Prediction 2030
By 2030, the XLM price may achieve a new all-time high of $6.19. However, it could hit a low of $4.01, with an average price of $5.60.
Never Miss a Beat in the Crypto World!
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
FAQs
What is Stellar (XLM) price prediction for 2026?
XLM could reach $0.57 by mid-2026, with a potential all-time high of $2.00, reflecting strong bullish momentum.
What Is XLM Price Prediction For 2027?
XLM may continue its bullish run in 2027, potentially reaching a high of $2.90, with average levels around $2.26.
How high will XLM go in 2030?
By 2030, XLM could hit a new all-time high of $6.19, depending on adoption, demand, and market conditions.
How much will XLM be worth in 10 years?
XLM could be worth $6 or more in 10 years if growth trends and cross-border adoption continue.
Is Stellar (XLM) a good investment in 2026?
XLM shows strong bullish patterns and growth potential, but investors should consider market volatility before buying.
How does XLM compare to other altcoins?
XLM stands out for fast, low-cost payments and long-term growth potential, supported by reliable technical and adoption trends.
Can XLM recover from its 2025 lows?
Yes, historical trends and technical setups suggest XLM could rebound from $0.20, potentially reaching $2 in 2026.
Crypto markets are entering a high-impact session as U.S. CPI data looms, and XRP price is positioning right at a structural decision zone. With inflation expectations shaping Federal Reserve policy outlook, today’s data is not just a macro event, it is a liquidity trigger. XRP is holding near the $1.35–$1.40 band, but the real move may only begin once CPI resets short-term sentiment. The question is not whether volatility will come, it is which direction it will expand.
CPI Data Expectations and XRP Price Outlook
Over the past six CPI releases, crypto markets have reacted with an average intraday volatility swing of 5-8% in major assets. XRP, due to its liquidity profile and retail participation, has historically amplified these moves.
If CPI prints below expectations particularly if core inflation cools below 3.7% year-over-year, markets may price in higher probability of rate cuts later in the year. That scenario typically weakens the dollar index and supports risk assets. Conversely, a CPI reading above consensus could pressure liquidity conditions, triggering renewed downside in speculative assets. XRP’s current structure suggests it is coiling within a tight $1.30–$1.45 range, making it highly reactive to macro catalysts.
Beyond macro expectations, exchange-level data adds an important layer. XRP’s Binance Volume Z-Score, which measures current trading volume relative to its 30-day average, is hovering close to the neutral zone. That means participation is neither overheated nor drying up. This type of equilibrium phase often precedes directional expansion. In prior cycles, sharp spikes in the Volume Z-Score above +2 have coincided with strong upside impulses. Likewise, deep negative readings have aligned with panic flushes.
Right now, the market is balanced, not exhausted. That balance implies XRP is structurally coiled rather than trending aggressively in either direction. Once CPI provides directional clarity, volume expansion could follow quickly.
XRP Price Prediction: Decision Zone Between $1.20-$1.40
XRP price is hovering above a well-defined demand cluster between $1.30 and $1.35. This zone has historically absorbed downside pressure and acted as a reaction base.
If CPI comes in softer than expected and risk appetite improves, XRP could attempt a breakout above $1.45, targeting the $1.50–$1.60 region in the near term. If inflation surprises to the upside, downside liquidity below $1.30 becomes vulnerable, with $1.20 as the next test level. If CPI prints in line with expectations, XRP may remain range-bound temporarily, but compression phases rarely last long.
Immediate resistance sits near $1.40–$1.45, followed by a stronger supply region around $1.60. A clean break above $1.45 on expanding volume would likely open room toward $1.55–$1.60 in the short term. On the downside, failure to hold $1.30 would expose $1.20 as the next liquidity pocket. Below that, structural weakness accelerates.
Market Outlook
XRP price is not collapsing, nor is it aggressively trending. It is stabilizing ahead of a macro event that could reset short-term direction. On-chain volume data suggests the market is preparing for expansion rather than fading momentum. CPI data will determine which side of the range breaks first. Until then, XRP remains in decision mode, and the next move could define the tone for the rest of the week.
Bitcoin has pulled back sharply, falling to levels seen before Donald Trump’s reelection and bringing fresh fear into the crypto market. In a recent YouTube update, Altcoin Daily analyst Austin explained why the drop happened and shared a few altcoins he believes could perform well over the long term despite the crash.
He made it clear that most altcoins may not survive in the long run. However, projects with real use cases and growing adoption could still reward patient investors.
Why Bitcoin Crashed
According to 10x Research, Bitcoin’s sharp rally after Trump’s late-2024 victory created a weak price structure. The price jumped from $70,000 to $90,000 in less than two weeks. Because the rise was so fast, there was not much strong buying support in between those levels.
When selling pressure began, Bitcoin dropped quickly through those thin areas. Around $75,000, large traders who deal in options had to sell even more as the price fell, which pushed Bitcoin down faster toward the $60,000 range before it found some stability.
At the same time, Fundstrat’s Tom Lee suggested that gold may have attracted a large share of investor money, which could explain why Bitcoin struggled. Austin noted that in the past, Bitcoin has often outperformed gold as a store of value, and he believes that trend could return.
Cardano and the Stablecoin Boost
Austin highlighted Cardano as a key project to watch. The network is preparing to launch USDCx at the end of February. Founder Charles Hoskinson confirmed that users will have full wallet support and direct conversion access through major exchanges.
He described this as an important step for Cardano. The network has fallen behind Ethereum, Tron, Solana, and BNB Chain in stablecoin usage. With clearer stablecoin rules developing globally, better liquidity on Cardano could help bring new capital into its ecosystem.
Zcash and Bittensor
Speaking about comments from Digital Currency Group CEO Barry Silbert at Bitcoin Investor Week, Austin mentioned Zcash and Bittensor as potential high-upside bets.
Zcash fits into the privacy-focused theme, which could gain attention as governments increase financial monitoring. However, Austin personally prefers Bittensor because it combines crypto with artificial intelligence. The project runs a system where developers compete to build useful AI tools, and stronger projects are rewarded. He sees this link between crypto and AI as a major long-term opportunity.
Solana’s Growing Role
Solana was also highlighted as a strong infrastructure project. Developer activity on the network has grown sharply since 2020, with thousands of new developers joining last year. Payment activity is increasing, and some major prediction markets are reportedly planning token launches on Solana.
Although Austin does not expect Solana to deliver extreme returns because of its already large size, he believes it still has solid growth potential compared to traditional financial infrastructure.
XRP, Chainlink, Polkadot, and Propy
XRP focuses on fast international payments and liquidity services. Supported by Ripple’s enterprise efforts, it remains one of the most widely discussed utility tokens. While it is unlikely to disappear, very large returns would depend on broader global adoption.
Chainlink continues to be viewed as an important infrastructure project in the crypto space. Austin also still holds Polkadot but with more modest expectations.
Propy stands out as a higher-risk opportunity. The project has raised over $100 million, completed a $14 million commercial real estate deal using USDT, and is expanding escrow services across several U.S. states. Austin believes Propy could modernize real estate transactions by turning them into software-based processes.
He concluded by reminding viewers that Bitcoin and Ethereum remain his core holdings, while these altcoins represent higher-risk investments that could deliver strong returns if their long-term visions succeed.
The Royal Government of Bhutan has sold another $6.7 million worth of Bitcoin this week, continuing a steady pattern of sales over the past three weeks. Data tracked by Arkham shows these transactions are part of an ongoing treasury plan, not a sudden sell-off.
Even after the recent sales, wallets linked to the government still hold around $372 million in Bitcoin. Bhutan had already sold at least $100 million worth of BTC in September and appears to be continuing its gradual selling strategy.
From Mining Expansion to Post-Halving Reality
Most of Bhutan’s Bitcoin comes from state-backed mining operations managed by Druk Holding and Investments. The country previously partnered with Bitdeer Technologies to expand mining capacity to as much as 600 megawatts.
However, mining rewards were reduced after the April 2024 Bitcoin halving, which cut the amount of Bitcoin miners receive for validating transactions. This change made mining less profitable across the industry. As a result, Bhutan appears to have moved from simply holding its mined Bitcoin to selling portions of it when needed to generate cash.
Analysts estimate Bhutan’s average purchase cost is close to $8,000 per Bitcoin, meaning the country is still sitting on large profits despite recent price swings.
Market analyst Vugar Usi said Bhutan’s recent sales look planned and controlled. The government has been selling in smaller amounts over time rather than making one large transaction.
Reports suggest that some transactions involve large trading firms such as QCP. The steady weekly pattern indicates Bhutan is managing risk by spreading out its sales instead of trying to sell at a perfect price.
Reuters has previously reported that Bhutan has used crypto profits to support public spending, including salary payments. This supports the idea that the sales are meant to fund operations, not signal a loss of confidence.
A Sign of Market Growth
Bhutan’s approach shows how governments may be starting to treat Bitcoin more like a financial reserve than a speculative asset. The country uses its hydropower resources to mine Bitcoin, then sells some of it when funds are required.
The key question for the broader market is not whether Bhutan is bearish, but whether Bitcoin is increasingly being handled like a balance-sheet asset. If a small country can manage its Bitcoin holdings in a transparent way, it suggests that other governments or institutions could be following similar strategies.
In that sense, Bhutan’s steady sales may reflect the crypto market’s growing maturity rather than a shift in long-term belief in Bitcoin.
Never Miss a Beat in the Crypto World!
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
Fundstrat Head of Research Tom Lee said on-chain activity is growing fast, even as crypto prices stay flat. In a conversation at the Ondo Summit in New York, Lee shared data that challenges the idea that crypto is in a bear market.
According to Lee, Ethereum active addresses have jumped roughly 115% since June, even though ETH is trading at the same price level. Daily transactions are up 77%, total value locked in real-world assets has grown around 50%, and $23 billion has flowed in over the past 30 days.
“This is the opposite of what I would consider to be a crypto winter,” Lee said.
Why Crypto Is Not Reacting to Bullish Macro Signals
Central bank easing, a weaker dollar, and global uncertainty should be working in crypto’s favor. But retail traders are placing their macro bets elsewhere.
Lee noted that the two most talked-about tickers on Wall Street Bets right now are silver and gold. Without price momentum, crypto’s typical rally cycle has not kicked in.
The feedback loop that drives prices higher needs upward movement to start, and that has been missing.
Quantum Risk Is Already Moving Big Money
Lee also addressed quantum computing, a risk that is shaping institutional decisions. He pointed out that a Galaxy Digital client recently reduced a $9 billion position partly over quantum concerns.
He said Ethereum is better equipped to handle this because its 6-month upgrade cycle allows it to build quantum resistance over time. Bitcoin’s governance structure makes it harder to adapt quickly.
Lee added that once Bitcoin lays out a clear plan for quantum resistance, much of the institutional hesitation should ease.
Lee described the current market as a transition phase. Crypto is moving away from its early era of leverage and FOMO toward a future built on stablecoins, AI agents, and institutional infrastructure.
“If that view is not correct, then there’s still a lot of upside in crypto,” he said.
Crypto markets have come under renewed selling pressure over the past few sessions, with Bitcoin leading the downside. As the broader market reacts to BTC’s pullback, major altcoins such as Ethereum and XRP have shown relative stability. However, Solana is beginning to lag.
The SOL price is closely tracking Bitcoin’s momentum and is now testing a critical support zone. The token previously staged a rebound during the last wave of selling, but another breakdown attempt could expose deeper downside levels. Traders are watching whether buyers defend this range or allow a broader correction to unfold.
Is Solana (SOL) Price Heading to $50?
Solana is under fresh pressure as the price decisively loses a long-held support zone and slips below the 200-day EMA, signaling a clear shift in market structure. After failing to sustain multiple recovery attempts above the $120–$130 region, sellers have regained control, pushing SOL into a breakdown phase that traders can’t ignore. The rejection from lower highs suggests this isn’t just a pullback—but a trend reset.
Looking at the chart shared by a popular analyst, Altcoin Sherpa, SOL has broken below the key $95–$100 support area, which previously acted as a demand zone during earlier consolidations. This level has now flipped into resistance, increasing downside risk. The next major support sits near the $77–$80 range, followed by a broader demand pocket around $50–$55—a zone that aligns with prior accumulation and historical base formation. Volume expansion on the breakdown adds weight to the bearish case, while the lack of strong bullish wicks suggests dip buyers are still hesitant.
For traders, the structure remains bearish as long as the SOL price stays below $100. A reclaim above that level could delay further downside, but failure to do so keeps the $50 region firmly in play over the coming weeks, especially if broader market weakness persists.
Conclusion: Bullish vs Bearish Scenarios for SOL Price
In the short term, Solana remains at a critical turning point. The bearish scenario stays in control as long as SOL trades below the $95–$100 zone. Failure to reclaim this range could invite continued selling pressure, opening the door toward the $77–$80 support first and potentially a deeper move into the $50–$55 demand zone if market sentiment weakens further.
On the bullish side, SOL needs a strong reclaim and daily close back above $100, followed by acceptance above the 200-day EMA near $120. That would signal demand returning and could trigger a relief bounce toward $115–$130 in the short term. Until that happens, rallies are likely to face selling pressure, and traders may continue to favor a cautious, sell-the-rally approach.
South Korea’s leading exchanges Upbit and Bithumb announced they will remove Loopring ($LRC) from trading on March 16, 2026, at 1500 KST. The decision comes after ongoing concerns over disclosure transparency, project operations, and development progress. Withdrawals will remain available until April 16, but deposits and services such as airdrops will no longer be supported. The announcement caused $LRC to drop about 10%, reflecting growing regulatory oversight and stronger protections for crypto users in South Korea.
On February 13, Indiana lawmakers announced adding cryptocurrency to public retirement plans after a Senate committee approved House Bill 1042. The bill would allow digital assets to be offered as an investment option within state-managed retirement programs.
It will now move to the full Senate for further review and voting.
Indiana Crypto Pension Bill Advances in Senate Committee
According to the committee filing and legislative update, House Bill 1042 has cleared an Indiana Senate committee after amendments and now heads to the full Senate for voting.
If the bill becomes law, starting July 1, 2026, public employee plans like Hoosier START must offer self-directed brokerage accounts. Through these accounts, workers can choose to invest part of their retirement savings in approved crypto products.
The state will not directly buy cryptocurrency. Instead, employees can decide for themselves whether they want crypto exposure, based on their own risk level and investment goals.
Indiana’s public pension funds are managed by the Indiana Public Retirement System, which oversees about $55 billion in assets.
How the Bill Adds Crypto Options to Retirement Plans
Under House Bill 1042, some state retirement and savings plans would offer self-directed accounts with crypto investment options. It works like a brokerage window where people pick their own investments based on their risk level.
The bill also sets one clear rule across Indiana for crypto activity. Local governments would not be allowed to block or limit legal crypto payments, custody services, or mining operations. This avoids different rules in different cities and keeps crypto regulations consistent across the state.
The measure also permits state pension funds to invest in cryptocurrency ETFs, but excludes funds mainly tied to stablecoins. Lawmakers added this filter so retirement exposure stays linked to market-traded crypto assets rather than dollar-pegged tokens.
Supporters say ETF-based access gives regulated exposure while avoiding the operational risks of directly holding tokens.
Other U.S. States Also Moving Toward Crypto Pension Exposure
Indiana is not the only state exploring crypto options for public funds and retirement plans. States like New Hampshire, Texas, North Carolina, and Oklahoma have also introduced or moved forward with similar proposals.
Some of these plans allow limited crypto exposure for public funds, while others focus on giving retirement account holders more investment choice.
At present, the bill now heads to the full Senate for a final vote. If senators approve it, the next and last step is the Governor’s signature for it to become law.
A social media post claimed Binance earned 60,000 BTC by shorting Bitcoin on BitMEX ahead of the March 2020 Black Thursday crash. Binance co‑founder Changpeng “CZ” Zhao dismissed it as fake news, stating Binance never traded on BitMEX and there’s no proof or official record of such activity. He also noted BitMEX’s withdrawal system wouldn’t support a huge single exit. Most in the crypto community called the rumor baseless FUD, with no evidence offered to back it.
Bitcoin is preparing for high volatility as the US releases its January 2026 Consumer Price Index (CPI) data at 8:30 AM ET. With inflation expected to be around 2.5% year-over-year, traders across the crypto market are closely watching whether the print comes in hot, cool, or in line with forecasts.
Bitcoin Price has increasingly reacted to macroeconomic data, especially inflation. The reason is simple. CPI shapes expectations around Federal Reserve interest rate decisions, and rate expectations influence the US dollar, bond yields, and overall liquidity. When liquidity tightens, Bitcoin often faces pressure. When liquidity improves, BTC tends to benefit.
What Markets Expect From January Inflation Data
Wall Street estimates suggest CPI will come in at 0.26% month-over-month and 2.5% year-over-year, slightly down from December’s 2.7% annual reading. Core CPI is expected at 0.34% month-over-month and 2.5% year-over-year.
However, the unusually wide range in core inflation forecasts, between 0.25% and 0.42%, shows there is significant uncertainty. Seasonal adjustments and tariff-related pricing effects are adding complexity to this release.
The previous hot CPI print in December led to a strong dollar, rising Treasury yields, and a 5% to 8% drop in Bitcoin. In contrast, a softer inflation reading in November supported a 2% to 3% rebound in BTC price. This pattern highlights how sensitive crypto markets are to inflation surprises.
Why the U.S. Report Today Matters for Bitcoin Price
Inflation data directly impacts expectations for Federal Reserve rate cuts. Higher inflation typically reduces the chances of near-term rate cuts. That strengthens the US dollar index (DXY) and pushes bond yields higher. Both factors tend to weigh on risk assets like Bitcoin.
Lower inflation does the opposite. It increases the probability of rate cuts, weakens the dollar, lowers yields, and improves risk appetite. In such conditions, Bitcoin often sees quick upside moves. Crypto markets usually react within seconds of the CPI release.
If CPI comes in above 2.5%, especially with a strong monthly reading near or above 0.4%, markets may view it as confirmation that the Federal Reserve will delay rate cuts. Bond yields could spike and the dollar could rally sharply.
In this scenario, Bitcoin may struggle to hold the $65,500 support level. A breakdown below that area could open the door to a move toward $60,000, particularly if liquidity below recent lows gets swept during a volatility spike.
Inflation Below 2.5%
If inflation prints below expectations, especially with monthly CPI at or below 0.2%, traders may quickly price in higher odds of rate cuts. That would likely push the dollar lower and ease pressure on risk assets.
Bitcoin could then move toward the $68,500 to $70,000 range, where a cluster of short positions may add fuel to the rally. A 2% to 5% upward move shortly after the release would not be unusual in a softer inflation environment.
Inflation In Line With Estimates
If CPI lands exactly at 2.5%, the initial reaction may be less dramatic. Bitcoin could trade in a range between $66,000 and $68,000 as markets shift focus back to broader economic concerns, including employment data and growth trends.
An in-line print often leads to short-term volatility followed by consolidation, rather than a clear breakout or breakdown.
Inflation Still Above Target
Even if January inflation shows slight moderation, the broader trend remains important. The United States has now spent six consecutive years with inflation running above the Federal Reserve’s 2% target. While long-term inflation expectations remain relatively stable, persistent price pressure continues to complicate the policy outlook.
Today’s CPI release could define Bitcoin’s short-term direction. A hotter-than-expected print may push BTC toward the lower end of its range, while a cooler reading could revive momentum toward $70,000. As always, inflation data remains one of the strongest macro drivers for Bitcoin and the wider crypto market.
Never Miss a Beat in the Crypto World!
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
FAQs
What time is the U.S. CPI released today?
The US Consumer Price Index (CPI) is released at 8:30 AM Eastern Time (ET) by the Bureau of Labor Statistics.
What is CPI?
CPI (Consumer Price Index) shows how much the prices of everyday things like food, rent, and fuel are going up or down. It’s released every month by the Bureau of Labor Statistics and helps track inflation.
Why does CPI data affect Bitcoin price?
CPI shapes Fed rate expectations. Higher inflation can delay rate cuts, lift the dollar and yields, and pressure Bitcoin lower.
Will Bitcoin crash if inflation comes in hot today?
A hot CPI print could trigger a sharp sell-off. Bitcoin has previously dropped 5% to 8% after similar surprises, though the exact move depends on market liquidity.
Sentiment around XRP has turned cautious as the token struggles to hold important price levels during a wider crypto market slowdown. After trading comfortably above $1 earlier in the cycle, XRP is now hovering near a critical support zone. Analysts warn that a clear break below $1 could lead to a deeper decline.
The $1 level is seen as a major psychological support. If XRP falls below this mark and fails to recover quickly, selling pressure may increase and push the price lower.
Key XRP Levels to Watch
Market analyst Tara believes XRP may continue its pullback before finding strong support.
In the short term, she sees:
$1.30 as an important support level
$1.65 as a key resistance level
If XRP fails to move above $1.65 and hold that level, the price could decline again. A drop below $1 may open the door for a fall toward the $0.85 to $0.87 range.
This area is considered a strong technical support zone based on previous price movements and historical retracement levels.
How Bitcoin Could Impact XRP
XRP often follows Bitcoin’s price trend. Tara noted that if Bitcoin falls toward the $52,200 support level, XRP could face additional pressure.
During market downturns, altcoins like XRP tend to drop faster than Bitcoin. If Bitcoin weakens further, XRP may see sharper losses.
Another analyst, CasiTrades, described the recent price bounce as a temporary recovery within a larger correction.
According to her outlook:
If XRP fails to hold above $1.65, the next downside target could be $1.09
In a stronger sell-off, the price could slide toward $0.90
In an extreme case, XRP may test support near $0.85
A move toward $0.85 would mark one of the largest pullbacks of this cycle.
Current XRP Price
As of now, XRP is trading near $1.38, down more than 4% in the past 24 hours.
For now, $1.30 support and $1.65 resistance remain the key levels to watch. A move above resistance could support recovery, while a break below support may lead to another drop before a stronger rebound begins.
Never Miss a Beat in the Crypto World!
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
FAQs
How high can XRP go in the next recovery phase?
A confirmed break above $1.65 could push XRP toward previous swing highs, depending on Bitcoin strength and market momentum.
Can XRP recover after dropping below $1?
Yes, but only if buyers quickly reclaim $1. A fast rebound above that level may reduce downside pressure.
What signals would confirm an XRP trend reversal?
A strong close above $1.65 with rising volume would signal momentum shifting bullish and potential recovery continuation.
Crypto markets are still moving under pressure, with major altcoins struggling to regain traction and sentiment hovering in defensive territory. Yet beneath the surface, a different story is unfolding. ARTX, BTR, KITE and MOODENG have exploded higher in a single session, posting double-digit gains while much of the market remains cautious. Such divergence rarely happens without reason. Is this smart money rotating into high-beta plays, or simply short-term liquidity chasing volatility? Here’s a closer look at what is driving the move and what the charts now suggest.
ULTILAND (ARTX) Breaks Out of Falling Channel: Is a 75% Rally Next?
ARTX price chart shows a clear transition from compression to expansion. After trending lower within a well-defined falling channel, ARTX price recently pushed toward the upper boundary of that structure and has registered a breakout. During the intraday session, ARTX price is up over 42% with a volume rise of over 270%, displaying aggressive buying.
If ARTX token holds bullish momentum, the structure suggests a potential expansion toward the $0.45-$0.50 region, which aligns with prior liquidity clusters and marks roughly a 75% upside projection from the current price levels. For now, the technicals favor bullish continuation and the market sentiment will likely decide within the next few sessions whether this is a genuine breakout or a fake move.
Bitlayer (BTR) Tests Major Supply Zone: Breakout or Rejection Ahead?
Bitlayer (BTR) price rallied over 54% today and is now pressing into a historically significant supply zone around $0.1600, that could define the next directional move. After a sustained downtrend through late 2025, where BTR consistently printed lower highs while trading below its short-term EMAs, the token carved a rounded base near the $0.06-$0.08 region. That base acted as an accumulation zone, evidenced by tightening price structure and declining volatility before the latest upside move.
The recent sharp rally pushed BTR price toward the $0.15-$0.16 supply zone. If BTR price decisively closes above the supply zone with expanding volume, the structure shifts into a confirmed breakout scenario. In that case, the next significant magnet sits near the $0.18-$0.20 region. On the other hand, $0.10-$0.12 would act as a support zone, where demand recently stepped in.
Kite (KITE) Hits Fresh ATH: Will the Rally Extend?
KITE price has entered price discovery mode after printing a fresh all-time-high, extending its rally by more than 14% and decisively clearing a multi-session consolidation range that had capped upside momentum. The chart structure shows a clean breakout above a well-defined horizontal resistance band near the prior range high, which had acted as a ceiling for several sessions.
For now, KITE remains technically strong, printing higher-highs, trading above key EMAs. Traders should monitor the next higher high swing toward the $0.21-$0.23 zone if momentum sustains. However, the support zone of $0.14 would act as a support zone ahead. Failure to hold that band could trigger a pullback toward the $0.15 demand zone without necessarily invalidating the broader bullish trend.
MOODENG is showing one of the cleaner breakouts among mid-cap movers today, climbing more than 16% after decisively breaking above a well-respected falling channel that had defined price action for weeks. The latest breakout above the channel’s upper boundary marks a structural breakout rather than another rejection. That shift changes the short-term narrative from ‘trend within structure’ to momentum expansion beyond structure.
If MOODENG price sustains bullish momentum, the structure suggests 72% upside toward the $0.100 mark. For the bullish structure to remain intact, MOODENG must hold $0.05, the former channel resistance. A clean retest and bounce from that level would confirm the upmove and likely attract momentum buyers.
Final Thoughts
Despite the broader market trading under pressure, ARTX, BTR, KITE, and MOODENG are showing strong relative strength backed by technical breakouts and renewed volume inflows. As long as ARTX holds above its reclaimed channel support, BTR sustains above the breakout base, KITE defends its ATH breakout zone, and MOODENG remains above its channel resistance-turned-support, the short-term bias remains cautiously bullish. However, given overall bearish sentiment in the crypto market, volatility is likely to remain elevated, making key support levels crucial for trend continuation.
FAQs
Why is ARTX price rising today?
ARTX broke out of a falling channel with 270% volume growth, signaling strong demand. Sustained closes above breakout levels favor bullish continuation.
What is the next price target for BTR?
BTR is testing a key supply zone near $0.16. A close above that with strong volume could open a run toward $0.18-$0.20. Support sits at $0.10-$0.12.
Can KITE keep rallying after hitting an all-time high?
Yes, KITE is in price discovery mode with no overhead resistance. As long as it holds above $0.14 and trends above key EMAs, momentum could extend toward $0.21-$0.23.
Are these altcoin rallies driven by smart money rotation?
Breakouts with rising volume suggest rotation into high-beta plays, but traders should watch support levels as volatility remains elevated.
RippleX, the development team behind the XRP Ledger, has launched Token Escrow (XLS-85) on the XRPL mainnet. This update expands the escrow feature beyond XRP.
Now, trustline-based tokens and Multi-Purpose Tokens can also be locked on-chain, supporting stablecoins, real-world assets, and institutional transactions.
XRPL Token Escrow XLS-85 Goes Live on Mainnet
According to the RippleX developer update, Token Escrow (XLS-85) is now active on the XRP Ledger Mainnet. This upgrade extends the network’s built-in escrow system, previously limited to XRP, to cover Trustline-based tokens and Multi-Purpose Tokens.
Until now, the native escrow feature on the XRP Ledger was limited to XRP itself. Projects that wanted to lock stablecoins or tokenized assets had to rely on custom solutions or third-party tools.
With XLS-85 now live, any supported token on the network can be securely placed into escrow directly at the protocol level. This includes stablecoins such as RLUSD, tokenized real-world assets like bonds or gold, and other on-ledger digital tokens.
With XLS-85, escrow is now a built-in feature for almost all assets issued on the XRPL, making token management simpler and more secure. Because of this, the upgrade supports several important use cases.
First is secure vesting and grants, where teams can schedule token releases or conditional distributions.
Second is automated transactions, including peer-to-peer token swaps and conditional payments.
Third is institutional finance, where escrow can support treasury controls, collateral locks, and automated settlements.
Fourth is digital rights and real-world assets, such as tokenized licenses and content unlock systems.
Owner Reserve Requirement Tie Up XRP Supply
The timing of this upgrade is notable. As traditional financial players increasingly explore tokenized bonds, equities, and other assets, the ability to secure them with built-in escrow functionality strengthens the XRPL’s position in institutional DeFi.
Each escrowed real-world asset requires an owner reserve of 0.2 XRP to remain on the ledger.
With XLS-85 now active, the XRP Ledger moves closer to becoming a more flexible and enterprise-ready blockchain.
Never Miss a Beat in the Crypto World!
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
FAQs
What is XRPL Token Escrow (XLS-85)?
XRPL Token Escrow (XLS-85) is a protocol upgrade that allows trustline-based tokens and MPTs, not just XRP, to be securely locked on-chain.
Can stablecoins like RLUSD be escrowed on the XRP Ledger?
Yes. With XLS-85 live, stablecoins such as RLUSD and other issued tokens can now be placed directly into native escrow on XRPL.
How does XLS-85 benefit institutional users on XRPL?
XLS-85 enables treasury controls, collateral locks, and automated settlements, making XRPL more secure and enterprise-ready.
What are the main use cases of XRPL Token Escrow?
Key uses include token vesting, conditional payments, peer-to-peer swaps, and securing tokenized real-world assets like bonds.
Does Token Escrow on XRPL require XRP reserves?
Yes. Each escrowed asset requires a 0.2 XRP owner reserve, which remains locked on the ledger while the escrow is active.
The Royal Government of Bhutan has been steadily selling Bitcoin, including another $6.7 million this week, as part of ongoing periodic liquidations that follow heavier sales in September and beyond. After expanding mining plans with Bitdeer Technologies to boost capacity toward 600 MW, on-chain data shows Bhutan’s mining output dropped after the April 2024 halving, making mining less efficient. Despite these sales, identified government wallets still hold roughly $372 million worth of BTC, reflecting a gradual shift from mining accumulation toward strategic reserve management amid market challenges.
With innovation in cross-chain derivatives and rising on-chain activity, MYX could reach $30 by 2026 and up to $50 by 2030 if similar momentum continues.
MYX surged over 20,000% from June lows to September highs, making it one of the year’s best performers.
MYX Finance is positioning itself as a next-generation decentralized perpetual futures exchange, targeting traders who want on-chain transparency without sacrificing leverage and execution speed.
As centralized exchanges face increasing regulatory pressure, perpetual DEXs like MYX are attracting users looking for non-custodial alternatives.
While the overall cryptocurrency market is under pressure, MYX Finance’s native token (MYX) is moving in the opposite direction. The token jumped around 15% in the last 24 hours, trading near $3.5, even as Bitcoin, Ethereum, and most altcoins slipped lower.
At a time when overall market sentiment remains weak, MYX’s strong price action has turned heads. Making investors curious about the token growth, wondering what the future will be for these tokens.
With that in mind, let’s take a closer look at our MYX Finance (MYX) price outlook for 2026 to 2030.
MYX price showed strong bullish momentum, surging to $7.56 in January but faced resistance. A retreat to around $3.00 highlights a possibility for demand to rise again and enable a rebound. Key resistance is at $7.56; surpassing it may lead to $9.0 by late February 2026. If not, a retest of $3.00 could result in a slower recovery throughout the year.
What is MYX Finance?
MYX Finance is known as a decentralized futures exchange designed to make derivatives trading more accessible, efficient, and user-friendly to the people who want’s to trade.
Unlike other traditional platforms, MYX incorporates a uniquely brought Chain-Abstracted Wallet that allows traders to move seamlessly across blockchains without manual bridging.
Its simplicity has an innovative two-layer account model that ensures users maintain custody of funds while enabling gasless transactions through a relayer network.
The another highlights that makes MYX more attractive is that this exchange supports leverage of up to 50x with zero slippage, powered by its matching pool mechanism. This enhances efficiency and reduces trading risks.
MYX Finance (MYX) Price Prediction 2026
The consolidation in Q4 2025, followed by a remarkable surge to $7.56 in January, underscores the strong bullish momentum we observed in MYX. Although the last week of January encountered some resistance, it appears poised to approach the ascending trendline support. The $5.00 support level has already been breached, and a retreat to the trendline around $3.00 could set up a robust rebound in the weeks ahead.
Typically, markets do not crash or recover in just one direction; such patterns usually arise only in the presence of strong manipulation. Given MYX crypto’s previous history of pump-and-dump schemes, still investor must remain vigilant for another incident like that could threaten its long-term credibility. Nevertheless, a healthy recovery from this juncture seems highly probable and is anticipated to progress steadily from this support.
The most critical resistance level is currently at $7.56. If this level is surpassed and maintained, we could witness prices soar to $9.0 before the end of February 2026, with a realistic chance of revisiting the ATH by the end of the quarter. Conversely, if the market experiences a downturn, February may bring a retest of the trendline at around $3.00, leading to a longer recovery throughout the year.
Fundamental Growth and Ecosystem Strength Stay Unaffected
With the October crash, many are thinking MYX is done for, but it’s the exact opposite because the price action might not be supporting now due to macro factors, but fundamentals have never been better.
As MYX Finance’s explosive growth is firmly rooted in robust on-chain fundamentals, moving beyond mere speculation. The platform has demonstrated consistent and significant expansion in user activity, evidenced by its surging monthly trading volume. This volume more than doubled during the year, climbing from $51 billion in January 2025 to $128.43 billion by late December.
Also, Earnings have more than doubled in the same period, jumping from $18 million to $57.45 million.
Apart from this, the TVL has taken a strong hit to a previous explosive growth to nearly $58 million by September, but by December, it has crashed down to $22.60 million.
If this momentum continues, MYX Finance could shed more TVL. However, if its adoption increases with MYX showing any price catalyst, its TVL could regain its lost levels once again in 2026.
MYX Finance Price Prediction 2026 – 2030
Year
Minimum Price
Average Price
Maximum Price
2026
$10.50
$18.00
$30.00
2027
$12.00
$24.50
$37.00
2028
$15.50
$29.00
$42.00
2029
$19.00
$35.00
$46.00
2030
$21.00
$38.00
$50.00
What Does The Market Say?
Year
2026
2027
2030
CoinCodex
$9.50
$14.99
$40.87
Pricepredictions
$6.3
$11.8
$28.09
DigitalCoinPrice
$7.41
$18.71
$37.75
Never Miss a Beat in the Crypto World!
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
FAQs
What is MYX Finance and how does it work?
MYX Finance is a decentralized perpetual futures exchange offering up to 50x leverage, gasless trades, and non-custodial accounts across blockchains.
Is MYX Finance a good long-term investment?
MYX’s long-term potential depends on trader adoption, platform reliability, and growth of decentralized derivatives markets through 2026–2030.
What is the MYX price prediction for 2026?
For 2026, MYX is projected to trade between $2.8 and $10.44, depending on user growth, market conditions, and protocol performance.
Can MYX reach $40 or higher by 2030?
If MYX becomes a major on-chain derivatives platform with strong liquidity and revenue, long-term forecasts suggest prices near $40–$48 by 2030.
Predictions suggest PUMP could reach $0.01 in Q1 2026.
Long-term forecast sees PUMP reaching $0.22 by 2030 in a moderate scenario.
PUMP.fun (PUMP), a utility coin launch platform for launching Solana-based memecoins with its viral “no-code” model that makes token creation easy for everyday users.
By making token launches easy and viral, it has disrupted how traditional Web2 social platforms work. At the same time, lower costs and fewer technical barriers have attracted many first-time users who were earlier unable to experiment on-chain.
As memecoin launches continue to rise, investors are now asking whether PUMP.fun can move beyond hype and become a lasting part of the crypto ecosystem.
With that in mind, let’s take a closer look at our PUMP. fun (PUMP) price outlook for 2026 to 2030.
In 2025, the PUMP price peaked at $0.0089 but then fell sharply. By Q1 2026, it recovered from $0.001750 to $0.003310 before dropping back to $0.001750 again. A falling wedge pattern suggests a potential rally to $0.00500 by Q2 2026 is possible only if $0.003310 is taken down.
PUMP Price Prediction 2026
In 2025, the price movement was fantastic, falling short by only 15% of its goal of $0.0100 from its last ATH of $0.0089 set in mid-September 2025. After failing to move past $0.0089, it fell sharply. Many were scared by the fall from investors to enthusiasts, but by the end of 2025, what recovered hope was the formation of a falling wedge pattern, characterized by converging upper and lower boundaries that had notably narrowed.
Recently, the price of PUMP in 2026 Q1 has recovered from $0.001750 to $0.003310, mostly in January, but in February has declined back to $0.001750, in the demand area. The price action has formed a falling wedge, and it is much closer to the upper border of this pattern.
Now, in Q1’s remaining days, getting to $0.003310 is flipped; by Q2 2026, we could see a rally to the $0.00500 mark.
Pump. fun (PUMP) On-Chain & Supply Dynamics Analysis
Amidst market fluctuations, Pump.fun is actively reinvesting a substantial portion of its platform revenue to repurchase PUMP tokens each day. To date, this commitment has led to the buyback of an impressive $254.93 million worth of PUMP tokens, resulting in a meaningful reduction of 19.98% in the total circulating supply.
Despite recent market volatility, its dedication to daily buybacks has remained in the 95-106% range compared to the previous day’s purchases. This consistent reduction in available supply lays a solid foundation for potential price appreciation.
As market sentiment begins to shift positively, we anticipate that the decreased supply will significantly enhance the forthcoming wave of FOMO, which may propel the PUMP price to new heights.
PUMP.fun Price Prediction 2026 – 2030
Year
Potential Low ($)
Potential Average ($)
Potential High ($)
2026
$0.0019
$0.0036
$0.0053
2027
$0.0026
$0.0050
$0.0091
2028
$0.0039
$0.0075
$0.0142
2029
$0.0056
$0.0134
$0.0259
2030
$0.0088
$0.0260
$0.0430
PUMP.fun Price Prediction 2026
The PUMP market outlook suggests a steady climb toward an average of $0.0190 as platform adoption expands. Traders eyeing a PUMP breakout could see highs hitting $0.0230 if bullish momentum sustains throughout the year.
PUMP.fun Price Prediction 2027
According to the latest PUMP growth forecast, the token is expected to find a strong floor at $0.0250. Aggressive PUMP accumulation could propel the valuation to a high of $0.0440 as the Solana DeFi ecosystem matures.
PUMP.fun Price Prediction 2028
The PUMP value projection for 2028 highlights a significant rally, with an average trading price of $0.0680. Market analysts anticipate a PUMP surge toward $0.0810, driven by increased utility and token buyback mechanisms.
PUMP.fun Price Prediction 2029
A conservative PUMP target estimation places the low at $0.0650, while the average price aims for the $0.0950 milestone. The PUMP trajectory looks increasingly parabolic, with potential high-end targets reaching $0.1300 during peak market cycles.
PUMP.fun Price Prediction 2030
The long-term PUMP future trajectory indicates a massive leap, potentially reaching a psychological high of $0.2200. With an average PUMP price of $0.1500, the token is positioned to become a dominant asset in the meme-coin launchpad sector.
What Does The Market Say?
Year
2026
2027
2030
CoinCodex
$0.0061
$0.0037
$0.0072
pricepredictions
$0.0075
$0.0109
$0.0236
Suncrypto
$0.0035
$0.0065
$0.0350
CoinPedia’s PUMP.fun Price Prediction
After careful analysis, Coinpedia believes PUMP.fun’s long-term value depends more on steady creator activity than short-term hype. If the platform grows from a viral trend into a well-structured launch ecosystem, the token could perform better than expected.
If memecoin interest continues to rise, the PUMP token could climb above $0.0430 by 2030.
Year
Potential Low ($)
Potential Average ($)
Potential High ($)
2026
$0.0019
$0.0036
$0.0053
Never Miss a Beat in the Crypto World!
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
FAQs
What is PUMP.fun and how does it work?
PUMP.fun is a no-code Solana platform that lets anyone launch memecoins easily, making token creation fast, low-cost, and accessible to first-time users.
What is the PUMP price prediction for 2026?
PUMP is projected to trade between $0.012 and $0.023 in 2026, with an average near $0.019 if buybacks and adoption remain strong.
Can PUMP.fun reach $0.04 or higher by 2030?
It’s possible if PUMP.fun becomes a lasting memecoin infrastructure platform with steady demand, strong revenues, and sustained retail adoption.
Is PUMP.fun (PUMP) a memecoin or a utility token?
PUMP is a utility token tied to the PUMP.fun platform, benefiting from user activity, token launches, and buyback mechanisms rather than pure meme hype.
Is PUMP.fun a good long-term investment?
PUMP.fun may suit high-risk, long-term investors who believe in creator-driven crypto platforms, but price depends on real usage, not short-term hype.
Price prediction for 2026 targets $0.85, with potential highs of $3.50.
The Pi coin price forecast for 2030 highlights a price target as high as of $22.00
Pi Network’s vision of mobile-based crypto mining attracted millions worldwide, making it a standout community-driven project. However, its lack of exchange listings, limited liquidity, and minimal real-world integration now challenge its sustainability.
As the broader crypto landscape shifts toward utility-based projects and DeFi innovation, Pi Coin struggles to maintain relevance. As a reason, the PI price faced a seamless fall. While social and Google search curiosity still remains high, especially with growing searches like “1 Pi to INR” and “1 Pi to PKR,” the absence of strong fundamentals keeps Pi price recovery uncertain.
This is leaving investors questioning whether this once-hyped token can ever reclaim its lost glory. As a result, the current period aligns perfectly with the current year’s calendar to change soon, making people intrigued towards the PI price prediction for 2026-2030.
Pi’s price fell to $0.1297, signaling a lack of momentum and making it less appealing than memecoins. The outlook for 2026 is grim, but if PI team comes up with a new strategy that could help. While the bear market has hurt all altcoins, there’s cautious optimism for recovery if the broader market improves.
PI Price Prediction 2026: Potential Scenarios for a Reversal
Pi’s price was firmly within its current consolidation range of $0.19-$0.28, but Pi’s price in January failed to trade within this range and marked a new low of $0.1297.
This means momentum is not returning in PI’s price, and it has become more of a dead asset for now, as investors consider it worse than memecoins.
The PI price prediction for 2026 indicates a rough outlook, but things would have been better if it had stayed in that range. Since it has already breached the lower end, the recovery chances have slimmed further. However, if it comes with a new plan to revive its ecosystem, this strong possibility could turn around the dying momentum it’s seeing.
Despite the challenges faced in December 2025 and since then, when the bear market suppressed momentum across the entire crypto sector, we’ve observed that no altcoin has managed to stage the anticipated rally. This was largely due to a lack of liquidity, with new investors still cautious, leaving many feeling apprehensive about the power of the bears.
However, the outlook for 2026 is optimistic for the sector, and if it flourishes, maybe PI could get a few drops of liquidity, too. Confidence is lower due to Q1 2026, but if the broader market improves, the odds of a substantial rally may increase.
Pi Coin Price Targets 2026 – 2030
Year
Potential Low ($)
Potential Average ($)
Potential High ($)
2026
$0.85
$2.25
$3.50
2027
$1.25
$3.25
$5.25
2028
$2.00
$5.50
$8.50
2029
$3.50
$8.50
$13.75
2030
$5.50
$13.75
$22.00
Pi Crypto Price Forecast 2026
The Pi crypto prediction for the year 2026 could range between $0.85 to $3.50. Considering the buying and selling pressure, the average price could be around $2.25 for that year.
Pi Coin Price Prediction 2027
During 2027, the Pi network value could reach a maximum trading value of $5.25 with a potential low of $1.25. Evaluating the market sentiments, the average price of this altcoin could settle at around $3.25.
Pi Token Price Projection 2028
By 2028, the value of a single Pi coin price could reach a maximum of $8.50 with a potential low of $2.00. With this, the average price could land at around the $5.50 mark.
Pi Network Price Analysis 2029
Looking forward to 2029, the Pi coin Price may range between $3.50 and $13.75, and a potential average value of around $8.50.
Pi Network Price Prediction 2030
As per our Pi Coin Price Prediction 2030, the Pi coin value in 2030 could reach a high of $22.00. However, the viral altcoin could record a low of $5.50 and an average price of $13.75, if the crypto market turns bearish.
Market Analysis
Firm Name
2025
2026
2030
CoinCodex
$ 2.08
$ 1.48
$ 2.63
priceprediction.net
$1.08
$1.61
$6.74
DigitalCoinPrice
$107.98
$125.57
$265.95
*The aforementioned targets are the average targets set by the respective firms.
Conclusion
The Pi Network’s recent developments—from major token accumulation and Banxa integration to Binance listing rumors—are clear indicators that Pi is no longer just a test project. As market conditions turn favorable and institutional interest grows, Pi Coin is entering a new phase of maturity.
Never Miss a Beat in the Crypto World!
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
FAQs
Will Pi Network price recover in 2026?
Pi may recover in 2026 if liquidity improves, exchange listings expand, and overall crypto market sentiment turns bullish.
What is the Pi price prediction for 2026?
Pi price prediction for 2026 suggests a range between $0.85 and $3.50, depending on adoption progress and market momentum.
Can Pi Coin reach $1 again?
Yes, Pi can reach $1 if buying demand strengthens and the token breaks out of its long-term consolidation range.
What is the Pi Network price prediction for 2030?
Pi Network price prediction for 2030 targets a potential high near $22.00 if ecosystem growth and real-world utility improve.
Is Pi Coin a good long-term investment?
Pi carries high risk due to limited utility and listings, but long-term upside depends on successful integration and network adoption.
The live price of the Near Protocol token is $ 0.98073309.
Price predictions for 2026 range from $3.70 to $11.80.
NEAR price may reach a high of $71.78 by 2030.
As altcoin momentum intensifies, Near Protocol (NEAR) is rapidly emerging as a standout contender in the crypto space. Fueled by strong fundamentals and recent bullish market trends, NEAR’s rise has caught the attention of both retail and institutional investors.
With NEAR now bridging to Solana and TON via Chain Signatures, the future looks promising. Wondering where it’s headed next? Dive into our in-depth NEAR Price Prediction 2026 – 2030 to uncover the possibilities.
In early 2026, NEAR protocol fell below $1.0 but is now above the demand zone, signaling a potential investment opportunity as demand is expected to rise.
NEAR Price Prediction 2026
In early 2026, the NEAR protocol price slipped below $1.0 mark. Now in Q1 2026, it trades near the late Q4 2023 support area.
This demand zone that previously sparked a rally in late 2023. This zone marks a key moment for price action to retest this demand area after two years.
With demand for NEAR/USD projected to surge from this point forward, the rest of the first quarter of 2026 presents a well-defined strategic entry opportunity for investors.
NEAR On-Chain Analysis
NEAR has officially entered a high-conviction Taker Buy Dominant Phase as of January 2026. The 90-day Spot Taker CVD flipping from neutral to green confirms that aggressive market buyers are now absorbing liquidity faster than sellers, signaling a major return of organic demand.
This bullish on-chain shift, bolstered by Grayscale’s recent spot ETF filing and a supply-tightening inflation cut, highlights growing institutional confidence. NEAR is currently building the structural momentum necessary to challenge key recovery targets near $2.00-$2.10.
Near Protocol Price Prediction 2026 – 2030
Year
Potential Low ($)
Potential Average ($)
Potential High ($)
2026
3.70
7.75
11.80
2027
5.32
11.80
18.28
2028
7.91
18.28
28.65
2029
12.06
28.65
45.24
2030
18.70
45.24
71.78
NEAR Crypto Price Prediction 2026
According to our analysts, Near Protocol’s price projection, the price could range between $3.70 and $11.80, with an average trading price of around $7.75.
Near Protocol (NEAR) Price Prediction 2027
Looking forward to 2027, NEAR’s price could range between $5.32 and $18.28, and an average forecast price of $11.80.
Near Protocol Crypto Price Prediction 2028
In 2028, the price of a single Near Protocol token could range between $7.91 and $28.65, with an average price of $18.28.
NEAR Price Prediction 2029
By the end of 2029, NEAR’s price could range between $12.06 as its low and $45.24 as its high, with an average trading price of $28.65.
Near Protocol Price Prediction 2030
In 2030, Near Protocol price may touch its lowest price at $18.70, hitting a high of $71.78 and an average price of $45.24.
What Does The Market Say?
Firm Name
2025
2026
2030
Wallet Investor
$3.19
$4.40
$22.30
priceprediction.net
$3.98
$5.92
$28.62
DigitalCoinPrice
$5.95
$6.93
$14.80
*The targets mentioned above are the average targets set by the respective firms.
Never Miss a Beat in the Crypto World!
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
FAQs
What Is Near Protocol?
The protocol promotes the network of computers running a platform for developers to create and launch dApps.
How much is 1 Near Protocol Coin worth?
At the time of writing, the price of 1 NEAR was $ 0.98073309.
What is the NEAR price prediction for 2026?
NEAR price forecasts for 2026 suggest a range between $3.70 and $11.80, depending on adoption growth and market momentum.
What is the NEAR Protocol price prediction for 2030?
NEAR Protocol price prediction for 2030 points to a potential high near $71.78 if long-term adoption and ecosystem growth continue.
Is NEAR Protocol a good long-term investment?
NEAR offers long-term potential due to its scalable design, developer adoption, and cross-chain expansion, but price volatility remains.
What factors influence NEAR price the most?
NEAR price is driven by ecosystem growth, network activity, market liquidity, investor sentiment, and overall crypto market trends.
The U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission has officially launched its Innovation Advisory Committee, appointing a broad group of leaders from both crypto and traditional finance. The initiative comes under Chairman Mike Selig as the agency positions itself to take on a greater role in overseeing digital asset and derivatives markets.
Among the most prominent appointees are Coinbase CEO Brian Armstrong and Ripple CEO Brad Garlinghouse. Their inclusion signals a direct line between major U.S.-based crypto firms and federal regulators at a time when policy clarity remains a top industry priority.
Selig described the committee as a critical resource for modernizing regulatory frameworks to keep pace with financial and technological innovation.
A Wider Role in Crypto Regulation
The 35-member committee will advise the CFTC on innovation-driven developments in financial markets. Its creation reflects the agency’s growing influence in crypto oversight, particularly as it works more closely with the Securities and Exchange Commission on digital asset initiatives.
The CFTC is increasingly viewed as a primary regulator for crypto derivatives and potentially broader digital commodity markets. By expanding the advisory body beyond its previous CEO-level council and nearly tripling its size, the agency is signaling a more structured engagement with industry stakeholders.
Notably, the panel brings together crypto-native leaders and established financial institutions, including executives from Nasdaq, CME Group, Cboe Global Markets, the Futures Industry Association, and the International Swaps and Derivatives Association. The presence of traditional market infrastructure firms underscores how digital assets are becoming integrated into mainstream finance.
Beyond Armstrong and Garlinghouse, the committee includes Uniswap Labs CEO Hayden Adams, Gemini CEO Tyler Winklevoss, Kraken Co-CEO Arjun Sethi, Solana Labs CEO Anatoly Yakovenko, Chainlink Labs co-founder Sergey Nazarov, and Grayscale CEO Peter Mintzberg.
Venture capital representation comes from Chris Dixon of a16z Crypto and Alana Palmedo of Paradigm. The diversity of participants, from decentralized protocol founders to centralized exchange executives, reflects the CFTC’s attempt to gather broad market insight.
Industry Reaction and Market Implications
The move has drawn positive reactions within the crypto community. Crypto analyst Michael Petricone described it as an example of serious U.S. fintech leadership, arguing that bringing builders into the policy process ensures digital finance develops under American rules and values.
Crypto user Diana called Garlinghouse’s appointment a major win for Ripple and XRP holders. She framed it as giving XRP a seat at the U.S. regulatory table, fueling optimism about Ripple’s long-term regulatory positioning.
While the committee is advisory, its influence could shape derivatives rules, exchange compliance standards, and token classifications. For the crypto sector, the development marks a shift from enforcement-driven headlines toward collaborative rulemaking, a sign that regulatory integration may be entering a new phase.
Never Miss a Beat in the Crypto World!
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
FAQs
What is the CFTC Innovation Advisory Committee?
The CFTC Innovation Advisory Committee is a 35-member panel guiding U.S. regulators on crypto, derivatives, and digital asset policy modernization.
Why were Brian Armstrong and Brad Garlinghouse appointed to the CFTC panel?
They were appointed to provide industry expertise, ensuring crypto exchanges and blockchain firms have direct input in shaping U.S. regulation.
Does the CFTC regulate cryptocurrency in the U.S.?
The CFTC oversees crypto derivatives and is increasingly seen as a key regulator for digital commodities like Bitcoin and related markets.
How could this committee impact crypto markets?
The panel may influence derivatives rules, exchange compliance standards, and token classifications, shaping future U.S. crypto policy.
What does this mean for Ripple and XRP holders?
Garlinghouse’s appointment gives Ripple representation in regulatory discussions, boosting optimism around XRP’s long-term U.S. positioning.
In just a few hours, nearly $90 billion evaporated from the crypto market.
Bitcoin dropped sharply below $66,000. Ethereum slid toward $1,900. Altcoins fell 4%–7%. The Fear & Greed Index plunged into “Extreme Fear.”
This wasn’t just volatility. It was a reminder.
In high-risk cycles, assets without structure bleed the fastest.
And that’s exactly why capital is shifting toward structured participation models like SolStaking.
Volatility Isn’t the Problem. Passive Exposure Is.
When markets crash:
Leverage accelerates liquidations
Fear drives irrational exits
Capital becomes reactive instead of strategic
Simply holding assets without a yield structure means your portfolio depends entirely on price recovery.
That’s speculation.
Structured staking participation is a strategy.
What Is SolStaking?
SolStaking is a structured digital asset platform designed to help crypto holders maintain capital efficiency during volatile cycles.
Instead of relying purely on price appreciation, SolStaking allows users to participate in automated staking and cloud mining models supported by both blockchain infrastructure and diversified real-world asset operations (RWA).
The goal is simple:
Keep assets working — even when markets aren’t.
Security & Compliance Infrastructure
In times of instability, security matters more than yield.
SolStaking operates with a clearly defined compliance and risk framework:
U.S.-registered operating entity: Sol Investments, LLC
Asset segregation: User staking assets are kept strictly separate from platform operating funds
Independent audits: Periodic audits conducted by PwC
Custody insurance: Coverage provided by Lloyd’s of London
Enterprise-grade security: Multi-layer encryption, system isolation, and 24/7 risk monitoring
This structure is designed for long-term operational stability — not short-term hype.
These assets operate off-chain, generating structured revenue streams that are reflected through automated on-chain contract execution.
The result?
Even during heavy market corrections, the operational structure continues functioning.
Contract Participation
SolStaking offers various staking and cloud mining contract models tailored to different asset types and time horizons.
Users can participate using assets such as BTC, ETH, SOL, USDT, and others. Contracts are executed automatically by the system, with daily settlement mechanisms and transparent tracking.
For full details regarding available contract plans, participation terms, and performance structures, users are encouraged to visit the official website for the most up-to-date information:
Why This Matters in a Bear Market
Bear markets don’t destroy capital overnight.
They drain it slowly — through inactivity, poor structure, and emotional decision-making.
The difference isn’t who predicts the bottom.
It’s who builds a structure that continues operating through volatility.
When others are waiting for price recovery, structured participants are maintaining capital efficiency.
Final Thought
Crypto will always be volatile.
But how you position your assets during volatility is a choice.
You can wait for the next rally.
Or you can structure your assets to operate through the storm.
The Bitcoin price is yet again facing significant upward pressure as the token has plunged below $66,000 from an intraday high of over $68,400. Observing the current trade dynamics, it appears that the star crypto is entering a high-tension phase as traders are now expecting the price to plunge. The short bets are increasing notably and have reached a level that usually results in sharp volatility. This suggests the BTC price may get exposed to more sell pressure or a sudden short squeeze may catch bears off-guard.
With Bitcoin hovering near key technical levels, the imbalance between rising short interest and cooling spot momentum is creating a fragile setup. The question now is whether this wave of bearish bets will push BTC lower or fuel the next breakout.
Bitcoin Short Positioning Hits Extreme Levels
Recent derivatives data from Santiment show a clear spike in short exposure, with funding rates slipping deeply into negative territory. Negative funding means short traders are paying longs to keep their positions open, a sign that bearish sentiment has become crowded.
When funding stays mildly negative, it often reflects healthy hedging. But when it turns sharply negative, it suggests positioning is becoming one-sided. Markets tend to punish extreme consensus. If too many traders lean in the same direction, even a small upward move can trigger forced liquidations, accelerating the price higher in a short squeeze.
At the same time, open interest remains elevated, indicating that leverage is still active in the system. High open interest combined with negative funding creates a volatility setup, price does not stay compressed for long under these conditions.
The key now is whether spot demand can absorb selling pressure. If buyers defend support levels, the imbalance in shorts could fuel a rapid breakout. If support breaks, however, the crowded short trade may continue to build, reinforcing downside momentum.
Key Levels That Could Trigger the Next Move
Bitcoin is compressing between clear technical boundaries, and with funding deeply negative, these levels now carry even more weight.
Immediate Resistance: $70,000–$72,000
This zone has capped recent recovery attempts. A strong daily close above $72,000 with expanding spot volume could trigger a short squeeze. If that happens, liquidation clusters sit near $75,500, followed by $78,000. A squeeze extension could target the $82,000–$85,000 liquidity pocket, where prior distribution occurred.
Immediate Support: $59,000 – $60,000
This is the current pivot zone. A decisive breakdown below $59,000 on rising volume would invalidate squeeze expectations in the short term. In that case, downside targets sit at $54,000, followed by the major demand block around $50,000–$52,000.
Open interest remains elevated, meaning leverage is still active. If price breaks either boundary with conviction, volatility could expand quickly. For traders, the setup is clear: above $72K favors squeeze dynamics; below $59K shifts the structure toward a deeper correction.
What’s Next for Bitcoin Price as Shorts Crowd the Market?
Bitcoin price is sitting at a leverage-heavy turning point. Deeply negative funding shows that traders are leaning aggressively short, but extreme positioning alone does not guarantee a squeeze. It simply increases the probability of volatility.
If the BTC price reclaims $72,000 with strong spot demand, the imbalance in shorts could fuel a move toward $75,500 and potentially $78,000. However, without real buying pressure, rallies may continue to fade. On the downside, losing $59,000 would confirm that sellers remain in control, opening the door to $54,000 and possibly the $50,000–$52,000 demand zone.
After months of correction, Bitcoin is attempting to stabilize, but technical analysts say the market has yet to confirm a decisive bottom, leaving the possibility of another dip before a stronger recovery begins.
Early Rebound Signals Stabilization
Bitcoin recently rebounded roughly 20% from its February lows, recovering into a broad support range between about $55,500 and $67,000. While the bounce suggests improving short-term sentiment, analysts describe the move as corrective rather than the start of a full bullish breakout.
A sustained upward trend would typically require stronger buying momentum and a clearer multi-stage upward pattern. Until such signals emerge, the recovery remains tentative.
Resistance Levels Holding Back Breakout
In the near term, analysts are watching a resistance band between $68,000 and $70,800, an area where selling pressure has repeatedly slowed advances. A decisive move above this range could reduce the risk of further downside and improve the outlook for a broader rally.
Conversely, failure to break above resistance may keep markets locked in a consolidation phase. Analysts say a drop below $62,600 support could increase the likelihood of another decline, potentially pushing prices back toward the mid-$50,000 range.
Market Still Searching for a Bottom
Technical indicators currently show a market moving sideways rather than trending strongly in either direction, with short-term price action fluctuating between support and resistance zones. Analysts warn that such conditions often precede either a renewed sell-off or the beginning of a stronger upward move, depending on which levels break first.
Despite near-term uncertainty, some analysts remain cautiously optimistic, arguing that the broader risk-reward balance increasingly favors long-term buyers as prices consolidate after the extended correction. Still, they stress that confirmation of a durable bottom will likely require stronger upward momentum and sustained trading above key resistance levels.
The altcoin market is approaching a critical technical moment. Excluding Bitcoin and Ethereum, the total crypto market capitalization is testing a long-standing ascending trendline that has supported prices since late 2023. At the same time, a large head-and-shoulders pattern is forming on the higher timeframe—a structure often associated with trend reversals. If confirmed, this breakdown could drag the altcoin market cap toward the $500 billion mark in the coming weeks.
With volatility rising and liquidity tightening across the broader crypto market, traders are now watching closely to see whether this is just another pullback or the start of a deeper correction.
The chart below shows a clear three-peak structure, a left shoulder formed after an early rally, a higher head marking the cycle peak and a right shoulder printing a lower high, which is a key sign that buying strength is fading. This pattern becomes active once the price breaks below the neckline, which in this case aligns closely with the rising green macro trendline.
The projected move from a head & shoulder pattern breakdown is measured from the top of the head to the neckline. Applying this projection to the current chart structure, it points towards a downside target between $500 billion and $520 billion in total altcoin market capitalisation. Currently, the levels are hovering around $690 billion, which implies a potential 25% to 30% decline if selling pressure accelerates.
This move could increase Bitcoin dominance, trigger sharper corrections in mid- and small-cap altcoins and postpone any immediate altseason narrative.
What’s Next for the Altcoins?
Bearish scenario: If the breakdown holds and the trendline fails to recover, the technical structure favors a deeper correction toward $580B and potentially $500B. This would mark a broad market reset and likely extend underperformance across the altcoin sector.
Bullish scenario: If buyers step in aggressively and reclaim the broken support, pushing market cap back above $750B–$820B, the breakdown would turn into a false move. In that case, altcoins could stabilize and resume upside momentum.
For now, the structure and sentiments remain cautious, and the upcoming weekly close will determine whether altcoins will face a deeper correction or rebound, transforming this into a small shakeout.
The Ethereum price keeps falling, despite supply on Binance keeps shrinking. Normally, declining exchange reserves are bullish and many immediately speculate for a rally. Coins leave exchanges, sell pressure drops, price rises. That’s the textbook theory.
But markets don’t care about textbooks, it works in a more twisted way and ordinary textbook theories don’t always work and ETH not going up is clear evidence of this.
Right now, the Ethereum price sits near $1908 with fading momentum, moving averages weakening after a bearish crossover on both long-term and shortterm spans, and downside pressure refusing to let up. So what’s overpowering the shrinking exchange supply narrative?
Shrinking Binance Reserves Explained
Binance’s ETH exchange reserve is trending downward again. That means ETH is being withdrawn. Under normal spot-driven conditions, that’s constructive theoretically.
As, less ETH on exchange typically means fewer coins readily available for sale.
Well, here’s the catch: spot dynamics don’t dominate short-term price action anymore. Infact, Derivatives do as they have strong leverage support from exchanges that covers up spot activity in short term.
And that is what changes everything. Since, exchange reserve data reflects spot supply. But the Ethereum price chart is currently reacting more to futures positioning than to on-chain withdrawals.
If open interest is elevated, funding rates has turned negative, and traders are leaning heavily short, aggressive derivatives selling can drag Ethereum/USD lower. That’s why even if spot supply is shrinking. In that scenario, futures pressure simply overwhelms spot optimism. And that appears to be what’s happening.
Withdrawals Don’t Always Mean Holding
But, still knowing what futures activities are capable of, then let’s be real. This clearly implies that withdrawals aren’t automatically bullish accumulation anymore and theories like these are not certain indicators anymore.
Also, withdrawals also implies that ETH can leave Binance for DeFi collateral use, staking, Layer-2 activity, OTC transactions, or even transfers to other exchanges. A decline in Binance reserves doesn’t guarantee coins are locked away long term. That’s a very practical and logical thing to assume at this point about exchange reserve metrics. As Global sell pressure can still persist elsewhere.
So, shrinking supply on one exchange doesn’t necessarily mean shrinking supply everywhere.
Weak Demand and Macro Drag
Here’s another inconvenient truth, as a reduced exchange supply isn’t enough without demand presence.
In the crypto sector this demand comes from stablecoins inflows. If these are weak, then risk appetite is low, or broader market sentiment is negative, as a result ETH price won’t respond positively. In this mix, if we add macro correlation into the mix then it complicates the outlook even more bleak.
Like, if broader crypto is soft or risk markets are under pressure, then reserve signals can be completely overridden.
There’s also the possibility that large players are playing both sides: withdrawing spot ETH while opening short positions in derivatives. Strategic hedging Or positioning for lower levels.
So What’s Next For Ethereum price?
If derivatives pressure continues and liquidity gets cleared to the downside, Ethereum price prediction models increasingly point toward a deeper support retest, potentially in the $1,700 region. That doesn’t invalidate long-term structure but it does suggest pain could come first.
For now, the Ethereum price remains under pressure despite falling Binance reserves, proving once again that in this market, supply signals alone don’t move charts but positioning does.
Today, the MYX price didn’t just dip; it showed a brutal long squeeze that triggered around 50% collapse, wiping out overheated positioning in a short amount of time and sending liquidation data flashing red across derivatives dashboards.
According to Coinglass, total liquidations rekt over the past 24 hours reached $615.96K. Longs took the real hit $527.13K flushed, while shorts accounted for just $88.83K. That imbalance tells a clear story of a token dump. This wasn’t a balanced deleveraging; it seemed like a strategic one-sided unwind to extract most of the profits.
Liquidations Tell the Story in MYX Price
When long liquidations outweigh shorts nearly five to one, it usually means traders were leaning too hard in one direction.
The onchain data confirms that they truly were leaning too much on the bullish side. Per Santiment’s data, the MYX price had previously pushed the MVRV Z-Score to 4.731, which seemed to be in a danger zone, as this metric had been rising and hadn’t risen much beyond 4.731 which showed that was the limit of previous bullish rise.
That reading suggests market value had detached sharply from holders’ cost basis. In simpler terms, there were too many paper profits and markets covered that gap by this dump. As there was too much heat.
As a reason, the Z-score collapsed to 2.309 alongside a 50% price drawdown and surging volume. That’s not random volatility, in fact, the data points out that’s a violent shift from speculative euphoria to something closer to fair value. Massive unrealized gains got flushed out. Weak hands exited under pressure. Supply changed hands.
Well, here’s the kicker: that kind of washout can either mark the end for crypto or the reset before a base forms. Based on what the MYX price chart displays, it seems it is more interested in developing a base around $2.50-$3.00, aligning with an ascending trendline that’s been present for months.
MVRV Reset in Motion
A drop from 4.731 to 2.309 doesn’t scream bullish continuation, but it doesn’t scream structural death either. Historically, extreme Z-scores leave little room for sustainability. Pullbacks are common.
Now the market sits in a more neutral-bullish range, at least statistically speaking.
And that spike in volume during the drawdown? Classic capitulation behavior. It often accompanies panic-driven exits. But let’s be real, it also signals the market has aggressively repriced risk.
$3 Support Under Pressure
Technically, the MYX price chart shows the collapse reaching an ascending trendline support near $2.50-$3.0. That level matters. So far, it’s holding at CMP at $2.65, when writing.
But, If $3.0 breaks decisively, downside toward $1.0 becomes a realistic extension of the bearish outlook. No sugarcoating that. However, if consolidation builds around current levels and demand gradually returns, the foundation for recovery could form.
The MYX price prediction now hinges on whether this support becomes accumulation or surrender.
Utility Concerns Emerge
And then there’s the uncomfortable detail. Lower daily exchange activity appears to have played a role too in a recent dump. Because, MYX’s utility is driven by trading activity on its platform. Recent dashboard data shows declining open interest across key pairs like BTC/USDT and ETH/USDT.
Less activity. Less utility demand. Investors noticed and they basically dumped.
So while the long squeeze triggered the collapse, slowing exchange momentum may have lit the fuse. Whether that trend stabilizes could determine what happens next for MYX price.
Vitalik Buterin, co-founder of Ethereum, has weighed in on a growing debate within the crypto industry over whether projects must financially reward users to achieve adoption, arguing that incentives can help — but only when used carefully.
His comments came in response to an online discussion claiming that crypto applications cannot attract meaningful usage without airdrops, token rewards or other financial incentives. While Buterin acknowledged that the argument reflects the current realities of the industry, he said the issue is more nuanced than simply “reward users or fail.”
Incentives Can Work — If Used Correctly
Buterin explained that some forms of incentives are economically healthy, particularly when they compensate early adopters for risks associated with using new or experimental platforms. For example, liquidity rewards in decentralized finance (DeFi) can offset the higher technical and security risks that typically exist in early-stage protocols.
In such cases, he said, incentives function as part of a sustainable economic loop rather than a marketing expense.
However, he warned that paying users purely to generate activity, such as incentivizing promotional posts or rewarding users who would not otherwise engage with a mature product, can attract low-quality participation and disappear once payments stop.
Quantity vs. Quality of Users
Buterin warned that aggressive reward campaigns can sometimes create the illusion of adoption while failing to build a committed long-term community. Even if user numbers rise during incentive programs, the overall value of the ecosystem may weaken if participation is driven solely by short-term profit opportunities.
He said that the challenge is particularly important for social or community-driven platforms, where the quality of contributors matters more than the raw number of accounts interacting with the application.
Focus Returning to Real Product Value
According to Buterin, the crypto sector is gradually moving toward a model where long-term success depends less on incentive-driven growth and more on building applications that people genuinely want to use. The most effective incentives, he argued, are those that temporarily compensate for the early disadvantages of a young platform and naturally fade as the product matures.
“The bulk of the effort should be on making an actually useful app,” he wrote, suggesting that the next phase of crypto adoption will favor projects that combine practical utility with carefully designed, targeted incentives rather than relying on broad reward campaigns to attract users.
Comments from David Schwartz, chief technology officer at Ripple, have reignited debate over whether Bitcoin will need a major technical overhaul in the future to remain secure as quantum computing advances.
In a recent online discussion, Schwartz argued that bitcoin’s long-term success has so far depended more on its established reputation and market trust than on continuous technological upgrades at the blockchain level. However, he noted that one technological shift may ultimately be unavoidable: adapting the network to withstand potential quantum-computing threats.
Schwartz said bitcoin would likely “need a fork to be quantum proof,” warning that such a change could become necessary if advances in quantum computing eventually weaken today’s cryptographic protections. Without that type of upgrade, he suggested, the network could face serious long-term risks.
Technology vs. Market Dominance
The Ripple executive also said that bitcoin’s appeal does not rely heavily on adding new blockchain features. In his view, the network’s primary role is to ensure that users can reliably hold and transfer the asset over time — a function already achievable with widely available blockchain technologies. As a result, incremental technical innovation alone may not significantly influence bitcoin’s long-term adoption or price performance.
“For 99% of what makes bitcoin interesting, all the blockchain needs to be able to do is allow people to rely on being able to hold and transfer bitcoin in the future. That doesn’t require any technology that isn’t available in every public blockchain out there,” he said.
A Renewed Debate Over Bitcoin’s Future
Schwartz’s remarks come at a time when researchers and blockchain developers are increasingly discussing “post-quantum” cryptography — security systems designed to resist attacks from future quantum computers. While such threats are still considered distant, the discussion shows a broader industry question: whether bitcoin’s traditionally cautious approach to upgrades could eventually require coordinated global changes to maintain network security.
For now, the comments serve less as an immediate warning and more as a reminder that even the most established digital assets may one day face technological turning points driven by advances outside the crypto industry.
Institutional capital flows in the cryptocurrency market are beginning to show signs of diversification beyond bitcoin, with some analysts highlighting growing attention toward XRP as investors reposition portfolios. Market speculation has intensified around the possibility that global asset manager BlackRock could eventually pursue an XRP exchange-traded fund (ETF), a development analysts believe could significantly influence prices.
Institutional Flows Begin to Shift
Discussing recent market movements, analyst Zach Rector said that the current environment represents a major change compared with previous crypto cycles.
“We would have never seen this headline in the past seven years that I’ve been in crypto.”
He added that recent market data shows clear contrasts between outflows from some bitcoin and ether investment products and inflows into alternative crypto vehicles, including XRP-focused investment instruments.
ETF Filing Seen as Potential Turning Point
Market participants say the biggest catalyst for XRP could be a formal ETF filing from a major asset manager. Rector argued that such a step would mark a structural shift in institutional participation. “And we’ll see XRP double when that happens.”
Analysts say an ETF backed by a large global fund manager could expand institutional access, potentially bringing significant new liquidity into the asset.
Short-Term Pullbacks Still Possible
Despite the optimistic long-term outlook, short-term volatility may continue as the broader market searches for a bottom. Rector said that investors may still see additional dips before a sustained rally begins, while stressing that longer-term positioning strategies remain focused on accumulation.
Regulatory clarity, institutional product launches and continued inflows into alternative crypto investment vehicles could determine whether XRP becomes one of the primary beneficiaries of the next institutional allocation cycle.
As the crypto market churns toward its next big breakout, investors are scanning for the best crypto to buy before retail FOMO ignites and prices erupt. Beyond the familiar buzz of Dogecoin (DOGE) and Cardano (ADA), Mutuum Finance (MUTM) is stealing the spotlight with DeFi utility, presale momentum, and strong growth mechanics. While DOGE and ADA remain attractive, MUTM leads as the top crypto pick to buy before the crowd catches on.
Dogecoin (DOGE): Testing Key Levels
Dogecoin (DOGE) is consolidating near $0.09275 after a steady decline, with the short-term trend still bearish. Support sits at $0.090–$0.091, while $0.098 remains firm resistance. A move above $0.095 could spark a brief relief rally, but failure to clear resistance may push price back toward support, with a break below $0.089 confirming further downside. Overall, sentiment is cautious, with sellers still in control as traders look for stronger opportunities elsewhere in the market.
Cardano (ADA): Awaiting Clear Direction
Cardano (ADA) remains in a cautious phase, with uncertainty over whether last week’s low ended its year-long correction. A sustained move above $0.305 would be the first sign that selling pressure is easing. Until then, ADA holds a steady but unconfirmed position as investors search for the next big crypto and the best crypto to buy now.
Mutuum Finance V1 Protocol Goes Live
Mutuum Finance has taken a major step forward with the launch of its V1 Protocol, transitioning from concept to live testing. Deployed on the Sepolia testnet, the protocol allows users to explore lending, borrowing, and liquidity features in a controlled environment. This phase is crucial for the team to fine-tune performance, optimize functionalities, and gather insights before the full mainnet launch.
Among Mutuum Finance’s key features is mtTokens, which are issued to liquidity providers and accumulate interest as borrowers repay their loans. For example, a user who deposits $15,000 in USDC at a 5% annual yield would earn $750 over a year. As lending activity expands and the platform sees broader adoption, these returns could potentially double, offering consistent passive income.
Multichain Expansion: Amplifying MUTM’s Reach and Utility
To enhance accessibility and growth, Mutuum Finance is pursuing a multichain expansion, extending its lending and borrowing protocol across multiple blockchain networks. This strategy not only attracts new liquidity providers and borrowers but also increases overall network activity, boosting the utility and demand for the MUTM token. For instance, an early investor holding 30,000 MUTM at $0.04, investing $1,200, could see their position rise to $2,100 if adoption on Ethereum drives the price to $0.07.
With the protocol deployed on additional chains, increased demand could propel the price even further, potentially reaching $0.90, turning the same 30,000 MUTM into $27,000. By connecting multiple networks, Mutuum Finance creates a growth multiplier effect that benefits both the ecosystem and its investors, reinforcing why some see it as a top crypto for early DeFi exposure.
Early-Stage Opportunity: Capturing Growth with MUTM
For those looking to engage with early-stage DeFi projects, Mutuum Finance presents a strong opportunity. Currently in Phase 7 of its presale, MUTM is priced at $0.04, offering investors the chance to secure early positions ahead of wider market exposure. Analysts anticipate that with the upcoming mainnet launch, active presale momentum, and integrated passive income mechanisms, the token could reach $0.50 shortly after listing on exchanges. This represents a potential 12.5x growth for early participants. The presale has already drawn nearly 19,000 investors, raising over $20.48 million, reflecting strong market confidence and signaling significant interest in the platform’s long-term prospects.
Before retail FOMO takes hold, smart investors are positioning in a mix of established momentum, steady fundamentals, and explosive early‑stage utility. While Dogecoin and Cardano offer meme‑driven rallies and research‑backed stability, Mutuum Finance (MUTM) stands out as the best crypto to buy for asymmetric growth. Priced at just $0.04, MUTM delivers a live DeFi lending platform, multichain scalability, and a presale that has already raised over $20.48 million, combining tangible utility with the kind of pre‑breakout momentum that defines the top crypto ahead of the next market surge.
For more information about Mutuum Finance (MUTM) visit the links below:
Bitcoin price has entered a decisive phase after losing upside momentum and slipping back into a historically sensitive price region. What initially looked like a routine pullback from the 2025 highs is now evolving into a broader consolidation structure, with price compressing between major supply and demand zones.
The key question for traders is no longer whether volatility will return but from which direction the breakout will come. And if the breakout heads north, will the BTC price rise above $70,000?
Bitcoin Is Entering a Bearish Range as Momentum Fades
On the weekly timeframe, Bitcoin has broken back below the $70,000 psychological level, which previously acted as a strong acceptance zone during the 2024–2025 markup phase. The rejection from the $110,000–$120,000 region formed a classic distribution top, followed by a series of lower highs—an early signal that market structure was weakening.
The chart highlights a multi-month consolidation that originally acted as a launchpad for the late-2024 rally. Bitcoin has now returned to that same region, but instead of bouncing impulsively, the price is showing hesitation and thinner buying interest.
Bitcoin’s structure now reflects a clear shift in behaviour, with the former $70,000 support zone now acting as firm resistance. Instead of sharp, confident moves higher, candles have become choppier and more overlapping, a sign of consolidation. Momentum is also cooling, as the weekly RSI has slipped into the low 40s and CMF remains negative, pointing to steady capital outflows. Together, this suggests Bitcoin is going through a reset phase rather than attracting aggressive buying.
Price is now rotating between two clearly defined macro levels:
Primary Resistance: $69,000 – $72,000
Major Support/Demand Zone: $50,000–$54,000
Mid-Level Liquidity Pivot: ~$59,600 (currently being tested)
This structure resembles a range re-accumulation failure turning into redistribution, where former support flips into resistance—a pattern commonly seen during mid-cycle corrections.
Will the Bitcoin (BTC) Price Rise Above $70,000?
Bitcoin is no longer trending—it is trading between $50K and $70K after an overheated rally. The next major move will likely come from a volatility expansion out of this range. A weekly close above $72,000, supported by stronger volume and improving momentum, would signal that buyers are regaining control. In that bullish case, Bitcoin could target $78,000 first, followed by a move toward $88,000–$95,000 later in the month.
However, failure to hold the mid-range support near $59,000 would shift focus lower, opening the door for a retest of $54,000 and possibly the $50,000 demand zone. For now, BTC remains in a reset phase, and only a decisive breakout will determine whether $70,000 turns back into support or remains a ceiling.
Tether CEO Paolo Ardoino shared a demo of QVAC, the company’s new AI assistant designed to run entirely on users’ own devices, not in the cloud. QVAC utilizes the Model Context Protocol (MCP) to support multiple skills and can complete tasks such as creating assignments in apps, all through local inference and reasoning, even on a modest laptop GPU. The design emphasizes privacy by keeping data on the device, and Tether plans to release QVAC as an open-source project for developers soon.
“Tap to Earn” Mobile mining Pi Network has announced a major Mainnet upgrade, and this time the focus is on its Node system. The Core Team has shared a detailed update, asking all Mainnet node operators to complete the first upgrade step before February 15 to stay connected to the network.
Meanwhile, Nodes that fail to upgrade may lose connection to the network.
Pi Network Mainnet Node Upgrade
According to the Pi core team, Pi Nodes play a key role in the ecosystem. They are described as the “fourth role” in the Pi community, alongside miners, contributors, and ambassadors.
Nodes are responsible for validating transactions and supporting decentralization across the Mainnet.
Unlike Bitcoin or Ethereum, which use proof-of-work systems that require heavy computing power, Pi uses a different method called the Stellar Consensus Protocol (SCP).
The updated node version includes two parts, the Node interface and the desktop Pi App interface. Users can run a node by installing a desktop application, making the process more accessible for everyday participants without advanced technical knowledge.
Pi Node Operators Face Deadline Of February 15
The Pi Core Team also highlighted that more than 16 million users have successfully migrated to the Mainnet, showing strong community participation.
In a recent tweet post, the team stated that all Mainnet node operators must complete the first phase of the upgrade before February 15 to stay connected to the network.
Important reminder for Nodes: The Pi Mainnet blockchain protocol is currently undergoing a series of upgrades. The deadline for the first upgrade step is February 15. All Mainnet nodes must complete this step to remain connected to the network. More information is available here…
The update is part of a broader effort to strengthen the network’s infrastructure and improve long-term stability.
Pi Coin Price Analysis
As of now Pi network native coin is currently trading around $0.134, showing a 2% rise in the past 24 hours.
On the Pi/USDT daily chart, the price is moving near the lower edge of a falling channel. This area, around $0.135, may act as short-term support. If the price falls below this range, it could lead to new lows.
On the upside, the first resistance level is near $0.156. A stronger resistance zone is seen between $0.18 and $0.20. For the trend to change, Pi needs a daily close above $0.20 with strong buying support.
Milana Valmont, Co-founder of Valmont Group, a digital asset and market structure advisory firm, argued in a recent post that Ethereum’s biggest shift happened while most of crypto was busy watching its price fall.
According to Valmont, while traders spent years comparing ETH to faster chains and calling it dead, Ethereum moved in a different direction. Away from speculation and toward infrastructure.
Why Private Blockchains Failed and Ethereum Won
Valmont noted that institutions first tried building on private and permissioned blockchains. She compared this to how enterprises built intranets before the public internet took over. The result was the same every time.
“Liquidity fragmented. Standards diverged. Network effects never fully materialized,” she wrote.
Public blockchains fixed these issues. But institutions needed more than speed. They needed security, neutrality, and a track record under real stress with real money on the line. According to Valmont, Ethereum is the only programmable blockchain that has proven all three across a full market cycle.
ETF Approvals Changed the Math
Valmont said the approval of Ethereum ETFs and the resolution of proof-of-stake investigations removed a major barrier for institutional money.
“Capital does not move until uncertainty is reduced to an acceptable level,” she stated.
Once that cleared, tokenization on public blockchains went from experimental to competitive.
Ethereum as “Financial Middleware”
Valmont described Ethereum not as a standalone asset but as “financial middleware.” A neutral base layer where different institutions, protocols, and products can operate without one entity running the system.
She laid out the progression: stablecoins proved the model. Tokenized treasuries confirmed it. Funds are now connecting traditional asset management with blockchain-based settlement.
The Data Backs It Up
Ethereum currently holds around 68% of all DeFi total value locked. And just yesterday, BlackRock listed its $2.2 billion BUIDL tokenized Treasury fund on Uniswap and bought UNI tokens. That marks the world’s largest asset manager stepping directly into DeFi infrastructure built on Ethereum.
As Valmont put it, “Infrastructure shifts rarely announce themselves loudly. They tend to happen quietly and then all at once.”
Trump-backed World Liberty Financial (WLFI) has announced plans to launch a new forex trading platform called World Swap, expanding its presence in the global foreign exchange market.
The new platform will be built around its dollar-pegged stablecoin, USD1, as the company continues to grow its digital finance ecosystem.
WLFI Announced World Swap Forex Platform
Speaking at Consensus Hong Kong, WLFI co-founder Zak Folkman confirmed that the company will launch a foreign exchange platform called World Swap. The service is designed to make cross-border money movement simpler and cheaper using stablecoin rails.
World Swap will use WLFI’s dollar-pegged stablecoin, USD1, as its main settlement asset.
By combining traditional forex trading with blockchain infrastructure, the company aims to enable faster and more efficient currency transactions compared to traditional banking systems.
JUST IN: Trump-backed World Liberty Financial to launch "World Swap," a new crypto-based foreign exchange and remittance platform pic.twitter.com/qAxGMVMi7l
With this move, foreign exchange services become part of WLFI’s growing lineup of crypto-based financial products built around USD1.
Simple Cross-Border Transfers With Lower Fees
The launch of World Swap comes as demand for the USD1 stablecoin continues to rise. Folkman said the goal is to make international transfers simple by removing the technical steps often linked to crypto wallets.
Users should be able to send and receive digital dollars as easily as using a regular payment app.
World Swap is also being promoted as a cheaper option compared to traditional remittance and forex services, where fees can range from 2% to 10% per transaction.
By using blockchain and stablecoins, WLFI aims to lower costs and make transfers faster.
More Announcements Expected at Mar-a-Lago Event
More updates are expected at an upcoming company event scheduled later this month. While specific details have not yet been disclosed, the company has hinted at additional developments within its ecosystem.
As of now, WLFI is trading at around $0.107, reflecting a rise of 7.53% in the last 24 hours, with a market cap hitting $2.86 billon.
Thailand just opened the door for Bitcoin in its regulated derivatives market. The Thai Cabinet approved changes to the country’s Derivatives Act that allow digital assets like Bitcoin to be used as underlying assets for futures and options contracts.
The country’s crypto market is already valued at $3.19 billion, with an average daily trading volume of $95 million. That existing liquidity gives the derivatives push a solid base to build on.
Now, the real work begins.
What the SEC Will Do Next
Following the Cabinet’s approval, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) will amend the Derivatives Act B.E. 2546 and begin drafting new licensing and oversight rules. The regulator is also working with the Thailand Futures Exchange (TFEX) to set contract specifications for crypto-linked derivatives.
SEC Secretary-General Pornanong Budsaratragoon said the expansion “will strengthen the recognition of crypto as an asset class, promote market inclusiveness, enhance portfolio diversification, and improve risk management for investors.”
The SEC is also reviewing licensing frameworks for derivatives brokers, exchanges, and clearinghouses.
Bitcoin Futures and Crypto ETFs on the Radar
The SEC’s 2026 capital markets plan includes Bitcoin futures and crypto exchange-traded funds.
Deputy Secretary-General Jomkwan Kongsakul said last month that crypto ETFs could launch early this year, subject to legal amendments.
Nirun Fuwattananukul, CEO of Binance Thailand, called the move a “watershed moment” for the country’s capital markets.
“It sends a strong signal that Thailand is positioning itself as a forward-looking leader in Southeast Asia’s digital economy,” he said.
He added that digital assets are now seen as assets that can reshape capital markets.
Crypto Payments Still Banned
Worth noting: while Thailand is welcoming institutional crypto activity, the central bank still bans crypto payments. The government also launched an anti-money laundering campaign in January targeting crypto-linked “gray money.”
The next steps to watch are the SEC’s rule drafting timeline, TFEX product launches, and whether this puts pressure on Singapore and Hong Kong to keep pace.
Never Miss a Beat in the Crypto World!
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
FAQs
Can retail investors trade Bitcoin futures in Thailand?
Access will likely depend on investor classification and suitability rules set by the SEC and TFEX. Retail participation may be allowed, but with leverage limits, disclosure requirements, and risk warnings to reduce speculative harm.
How could a pause in U.S. crypto bank charters affect customers?
A delay may slow the rollout of federally supervised crypto banking services, including custody and payments. Customers could face fewer regulated options and continued reliance on state-chartered or offshore entities.
Could Thailand’s move influence other Asian financial hubs?
Yes. Regulatory competition is common in capital markets, and expanded crypto derivatives in Thailand may prompt policymakers in Singapore or Hong Kong to reassess their own product timelines and frameworks.
What risks do regulators weigh before approving crypto-linked derivatives?
Authorities typically assess market manipulation, custody safeguards, clearinghouse stability, and investor protection standards. Stress testing and margin rules are often used to limit systemic spillover if prices swing sharply.
Coinbase CEO Brian Armstrong has sold more than $550 million worth of company shares over the past year, according to publicly available data.
Figures highlighted by VanEck’s Head of Digital Assets Research, Matthew Sigel, show Armstrong sold over 1.5 million Coinbase (COIN) shares between April 2025 and January 2026.
Key Share Sales Details
Total shares sold: 1.5 million+
Total value: Around $550 million
Largest sale: June 25, 2025 – 336,265 shares at about $355 per share
Most recent sale: January 5, 2026 – 40,000 shares at about $249 per share
Total transactions: 88 separate sales
Shares purchased during this period: None
Despite the sales, Armstrong still holds an estimated $14 billion worth of Coinbase stock, keeping him one of the company’s largest shareholders.
Why Is Brian Armstrong Selling Coinbase Stock?
The sales were made under a Rule 10b5-1 trading plan. This is a legal framework that allows company executives to schedule stock sales in advance. The purpose of this plan is to reduce insider trading concerns by setting up automatic transactions ahead of time.
Armstrong adopted the trading plan in August 2025. Because the sales were pre-arranged, they were not necessarily based on short-term market movements. However, large insider sales can still create negative sentiment, especially when they happen during periods of stock price weakness.
Coinbase Stock Under Pressure
Armstrong’s stock sales come at a time when Coinbase shares have pulled back from earlier highs. On February 12, major banks, including JPMorgan and Citi, lowered their price targets on COIN ahead of the company’s earnings report. Analysts pointed to softer crypto trading volumes and cautious revenue expectations.
The decline in Coinbase stock has also affected Armstrong’s personal net worth, reportedly pushing him off Bloomberg’s list of the world’s 500 richest individuals.
Never Miss a Beat in the Crypto World!
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
FAQs
Do insider stock sales always signal a lack of confidence in the company?
Not necessarily. Executives often sell shares for diversification, tax planning, or liquidity reasons. When trades are made under pre-arranged plans, they are typically structured to avoid reacting to short-term market developments.
Could these sales affect how institutional investors view Coinbase?
Institutional investors usually examine broader fundamentals such as revenue trends, trading volumes, and regulatory outlook. However, sizable insider sales can influence short-term sentiment, particularly during periods of market uncertainty.
What should investors watch next regarding Coinbase?
Market participants will likely focus on upcoming earnings results, forward guidance, and crypto trading activity trends. Analyst revisions and macroeconomic conditions could also shape near-term stock performance.
The American Bankers Association (ABA), the largest banking lobby in the United States, has asked the OCC to immediately pause national bank charter reviews for crypto firms. Ripple, Coinbase, Circle, and several others are directly affected.
In a letter to the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the ABA said the process should be put on hold until Congress finishes writing the rules these companies will operate under.
“We urge the OCC to be patient, not measure its application decisioning progress against traditional timelines, and allow each charter applicant’s regulatory responsibilities to come fully into view before moving a charter application forward,” ABA said.
Why Is the ABA Pushing Back?
The GENIUS Act, the federal stablecoin law, requires five agencies to complete their own rulemaking before it’s fully implemented. That includes the OCC, Treasury, Federal Reserve, FDIC, and state regulators.
The ABA says that process is likely still years away, making it too early to approve charters based on compliance with a law that isn’t finished yet.
The association also raised concerns about insolvency risk. If a crypto firm with an OCC charter goes under, the OCC would be responsible for handling the fallout.
“Entities engaged in activities substantially similar to those in which some recent OCC charter applicants presumably intend to engage have failed suddenly and for reasons that have resulted in meaningful losses – not only for the broader financial services industry but consumers, too.”
They pointed to FTX, which misused roughly $8 billion in client funds, and Celsius, which had a $1.2 billion deficit on its balance sheet, as reasons the current system may not be ready.
Which Crypto Firms Could Be Affected?
Ripple is at the top of the list. The OCC granted the XRP issuer conditional approval last month, which drew immediate opposition from the ABA. World Liberty Financial also filed to become a federally chartered national trust bank, a move that led Senator Warren to call for a halt.
Other firms waiting in the queue include Circle, BitGo, Paxos, Coinbase, and Nomura’s Laser Digital.
What Comes Next?
The ABA also pushed for a naming rule change. They want crypto firms that only handle trust or fiduciary activities to be barred from using “bank” in their name, arguing it could mislead consumers and damage public confidence in the banking system if one of these entities fails.
With the regulatory framework still incomplete and traditional banks pressing the OCC to slow down, the path to a national crypto bank charter just got a lot harder for these firms.
Never Miss a Beat in the Crypto World!
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
FAQs
What would a delay in OCC charter approvals mean for crypto companies?
A pause could slow expansion plans, limit access to certain federal banking privileges, and delay partnerships with traditional financial institutions. Firms may need to continue operating under state licenses or alternative structures while waiting for clarity.
How could this debate affect consumers using crypto-linked financial services?
Regulatory uncertainty may delay the rollout of new banking-style products tied to digital assets. At the same time, a slower approval process could lead to stricter oversight, potentially offering stronger consumer protections in the long term.
Why does the use of the word “bank” matter in charter discussions?
In the U.S., the term “bank” carries legal and consumer trust implications tied to deposit insurance and federal supervision. Restricting its use could reduce confusion about what protections customers actually have if a firm faces financial trouble.
What factors will influence the OCC’s next move?
The agency will likely weigh input from industry groups, lawmakers, and other regulators while monitoring progress on federal rulemaking. Political pressure, financial stability concerns, and interagency coordination could all shape the final decision.
Binance confirmed that RLUSD deposits are now live, while withdrawals will be enabled soon.
Binance Enables RLUSD on XRP Ledger
Ripple’s senior executive, Reece Merrick, said the exchange has finalized the technical integration of Ripple USD (RLUSD) on the XRP Ledger network.
This integration makes RLUSD easier to transfer on the XRP Ledger, which is known for fast and low-cost transactions. This helps traders and institutions that need quick payments and stable value.
Binance also offers trading pairs such as RLUSD/USDT, RLUSD/U, and XRP/RLUSD, helping to boost liquidity and usage within its ecosystem. The exchange even introduced zero trading fees for selected RLUSD pairs.
Following the RLUSD Integration, users can now generate deposit addresses and transfer RLUSD directly through the XRP Ledger. Meanwhile, withdrawals will be enabled once there is enough liquidity on the network.
Even before Binance, RLUSD was already listed on major exchanges like Bitstamp, Kraken, Gemini, and Bitget.
In total, it is now available on more than 16 exchanges worldwide, helping increase adoption among both retail and institutional users.
RLUSD sees Growth and Stability
Ripple’s stablecoin RLUSD has grown steadily since its launch in December 2024. Its market cap is now above $1.52 billion, while the price continues to stay close to $1, moving in a tight range.
Meanwhile, RLUSD is backed 1:1 by U.S. dollar deposits, Treasury bills, and other liquid assets under a New York Department of Financial Services (NYDFS) trust charter.
Reports show its reserves are over 103% of its total supply, which adds strong trust and credibility.
Never Miss a Beat in the Crypto World!
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
FAQs
What does Binance’s RLUSD integration on XRP Ledger mean for users?
It allows users to deposit RLUSD via XRP Ledger, trade new pairs, and access fast, low-cost transfers with improved liquidity on Binance.
Is RLUSD fully backed and regulated?
Yes. RLUSD is backed 1:1 by U.S. dollars, Treasury bills, and liquid assets under a NYDFS trust charter, with reserves exceeding supply.
When will RLUSD withdrawals be available on Binance?
Withdrawals will be enabled once sufficient on-chain liquidity is established to ensure smooth and reliable transfers for users.
How can users earn yield on RLUSD on Binance?
RLUSD is supported in Binance Simple Earn, offering flexible yield options with no fixed lock-up period for added convenience.
Bitcoin sentiment has weakened as the market continues its correction after reaching nearly $120,000. Since that peak, BTC price has struggled to regain strength, and many analysts believe the decline may not be over.
Unlike previous bull markets that ended with sharp spikes and sudden crashes, this cycle has been different. Instead of a dramatic fall, Bitcoin has been slowly trending lower. This steady drop has frustrated many investors and created what some describe as a slow and exhausting bear market.
Now, several market experts believe Bitcoin could revisit much lower levels before finding a strong bottom.
Could Bitcoin Price Drop to $40,000?
Crypto analyst Benjamin Cowen recently said that Bitcoin is still in a bear phase and may fall toward $40,000 if past patterns repeat.
According to Cowen, Bitcoin’s latest peak came around day 1,062 of its market cycle. This timing is similar to previous cycle tops, which suggests the broader four-year Bitcoin cycle may still be playing out.
When Could Bitcoin Bottom?
Cowen believes there is a 60% to 70% chance that Bitcoin will form its final bottom around October 2026. He sees May 2026 as the second most likely time for the market to reach its lowest point.
In past cycles, Bitcoin often reached its lowest point during April or May before starting a new recovery phase.
He also compared the current situation to 2019. At that time, Bitcoin peaked shortly before monetary policy tightened. Even after liquidity conditions improved, the price failed to recover immediately.
Is the Four-Year Bitcoin Cycle Still Valid?
In past cycles, Bitcoin has fallen heavily before recovering. In its early years, it dropped about 94%. In the last bear market, it fell around 77%. If Bitcoin declines 70% from its $120,000 high, the price would be near $40,000.
Current data also shows important levels in this range. The average buying price of holders is around $55,000, and another key support level is close to $40,000.
In earlier cycles, Bitcoin traded below these levels before forming a long-term bottom.
Another key indicator, which tracks how much Bitcoin supply is in profit versus loss, has not yet reached the level that historically signals full capitulation. That shift would likely happen if BTC trades in the $45,000 to $50,000 range.
Zacks Investment Research Chief Equity Strategist John Blank also told CNBC that Bitcoin bear markets usually last 12 to 18 months, and a move toward $40,000 remains technically possible.
Major firms such as Grayscale and Bernstein believe Bitcoin could reach a new all-time high in 2026. Some analysts suggest the market may now follow a five-year cycle instead of the traditional four-year pattern, which could delay the next major peak.
Bitcoin could remain under pressure through 2025 and 2026. Based on past cycles, $40,000 may act as a strong support level. While short-term weakness is possible, the long-term outlook still points to recovery. Investors may need patience before the next sustained bull run begins.
Never Miss a Beat in the Crypto World!
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
FAQs
Could Bitcoin hit a new all-time high after this correction?
Historically, Bitcoin has reached new highs after major drawdowns. Long-term projections still expect another ATH post-bottom.
How low can Bitcoin realistically go this cycle?
Key technical zones sit between $40,000 and $50,000, where long-term holder cost bases and prior support levels converge.
Is Bitcoin expected to recover quickly after the bottom?
Past cycles show recoveries take time. Consolidation often follows the bottom before sustained bullish momentum returns.
What is Bitcoin price prediction for February 2026?
In February 2026, Bitcoin may trade between $50,000 and $75,000, with upside toward $80,000 if recovery momentum strengthens.
Price predictions for 2026 range from $15.00 to $15.00.
Arweave (AR) could extend toward $80.00 by 2030, if bullish structure is maintained.
Arweave (AR) has entered 2026 in a technically compressed structure, where price action reflects patience rather than momentum, yet beneath the surface, both structural positioning and long-term narrative strength suggest that the consolidation phase could be laying the groundwork for a broader expansion cycle. As a decentralized permanent storage protocol, Arweave continues to anchor itself within Web3 infrastructure conversations, and historically, infrastructure-layer tokens tend to move aggressively once liquidity rotates back into high-conviction assets.
Technically, AR has been trading inside a well-defined descending channel on the higher timeframe, forming consistent lower highs while defending macro support zones, which typically indicates controlled distribution transitioning toward accumulation. With one month of 2026 already completed, the market is now evaluating whether this compression resolves into a breakout phase capable of pushing AR toward the projected $15 mark by year-end.
As February 2026 progresses, Arweave AR continues to trade within the lower half of its descending channel structure, hovering around the $1.20–$2.00 range, where short-term moving averages are flattening and volatility has gradually contracted. The broader structure suggests that the $1.00 psychological level remains a critical defensive zone, and as long as weekly closes hold above this threshold, the probability of a structural rebound remains intact. Momentum indicators are neutral rather than bearish, which implies that sellers are losing dominance but buyers have yet to commit significant volume expansion.
If AR sustains above $1.80 and reclaims $2.20 with strong participation, the immediate upside extension could test the mid-channel resistance around $3.50–$6.00. However, failure to defend $1.00 would expose AR to a deeper retest toward $0.50 before any sustainable recovery attempt emerges. February, therefore, is less about explosive upside and more about confirming structural stability ahead of a potential breakout phase later in the year.
Arweave (AR) Price Prediction 2026
The 2026 outlook for Arweave is fundamentally tied to whether the descending channel resolves upward with expansion volume, as multi-month compression patterns often precede impulsive structural moves. If AR successfully breaks above the upper boundary of the channel near the $6.50–$7.00 region, a trend reversal confirmation could trigger accelerated upside momentum.
From a broader cycle perspective, AR reclaiming the $8.00–$10.00 zone would represent a structural shift from consolidation to expansion. Once that zone flips into support, liquidity inflows could drive price discovery toward the projected $15 target by late 2026, particularly if the broader altcoin market enters a rotational strength phase. However, the path will likely involve volatility and intermediate pullbacks. In a conservative scenario where resistance zones repeatedly reject price, AR may consolidate between $4.00 and $9.00 for several months before attempting a decisive breakout. The bullish thesis toward $15 remains valid as long as AR avoids a sustained breakdown below $1.50 on weekly timeframes.
Arweave Crypto Price Prediction 2026 – 2030
Year
Potential Low ($)
Potential Average ($
Potential High ($)
2026
4.00
9.50
15.00
2027
10.50
18.00
26.00
2028
18.00
32.00
45.00
2029
30.00
55.00
65.00
2030
40.00
60.00
80.00
Arweave (AR) Price Prediction 2026
In 2026, the Arweave price could project a low price of $1.00, an average price of $4.00, and a high of $15.00.
Arweave Price Prediction 2027
As per the Arweave Price Prediction 2027, Arweave may see a potential low price of $10.50. The potential high for Arweave price in 2027 is estimated to reach $26.00.
AR Price Prediction 2028
In 2028, Arweave price is forecasted to potentially reach a low price of $18.00 and a high price of $45.00.
Arweave (AR) Price Forecast 2029
Thereafter, the Arweave (Arweave) price for the year 2029 could range between $30.00 and $65.00.
Arweave (AR) Price Prediction 2030
Finally, in 2030, the price of Arweave is predicted to remain steadily positive. It may trade between $40.00 and $80.00.
The long-term projection assumes Arweave sustains relevance in enterprise blockchain use cases, with growth moderating over time as the asset matures.
Year
Potential Low ($)
Potential Average ($)
Potential High ($)
2031
55.00
85.00
110.00
2032
75.00
110.00
140.00
2033
90.00
130.00
165.00
2040
390.00
560.00
650.00
2050
1900.00
2500.00
2700.00
Arweave (AR) Price Prediction: Market Analysis?
Year
2026
2027
2030
Changelly
$13.20
$25
$78
CoinCodex
$12.00
$22
$70
WalletInvestor
$15.00
$28
$80
CoinPedia’s Arweave Price Prediction
Coinpedia’s price prediction for Arweave’s (AR) implies that AR price could reach a maximum of $15 by the end of 2026, provided breakout confirmation occurs above the $6.50–$7.00 region. If broader market momentum accelerates and AR successfully establishes a sustained bullish trend, the token could extend toward $80 by 2030. However, if AR fails to defend macro support near $2.50–$3.00 and broader liquidity conditions weaken, consolidation may extend longer than anticipated before a breakout attempt materializes.
Year
Potential Low ($)
Potential Average ($)
Potential High ($)
2026
4.00
8.00
15.00
Never Miss a Beat in the Crypto World!
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
FAQs
What is Arweave (AR) price prediction for 2026?
Arweave could trade between $4 and $15 in 2026 if it breaks $7 resistance with strong volume and holds key support above $1.50 weekly.
What is the Arweave price prediction for 2027?
Arweave could trade between $10.50 and $26 in 2027 if bullish momentum continues and key resistance levels flip into support.
What is the AWR price prediction for 2030?
By 2030, AR (often searched as AWR) may range between $40 and $80, driven by Web3 growth and sustained market expansion.
How High Can Arweave Price Go In 2040?
If adoption accelerates and enterprise use expands, Arweave could potentially reach $650 by 2040 in a strong macro cycle.
Is Arweave a good long-term investment?
Arweave has long-term potential due to permanent storage utility, but price depends on adoption, liquidity, and market cycles.
Digital Currency Group CEO Barry Silbert believes a noticeable shift could be coming inside the crypto market. Speaking at Bitcoin Investor Week in New York, Silbert said that 5% to 10% of Bitcoin’s capital may eventually move into privacy-focused cryptocurrencies such as Zcash.
He remains bullish on Bitcoin and still sees it as a core portfolio holding. But he made it clear that Bitcoin’s size limits its explosive upside. According to Silbert, Bitcoin is unlikely to deliver 500x returns unless there is a complete collapse of the U.S. dollar. Smaller projects with focused use cases, like Zcash and even AI-driven network Bittensor, offer much higher return potential because they are earlier in their growth cycles.
Why Privacy Is Gaining Attention
Silbert’s argument revolves around financial privacy. He acknowledged that Bitcoin’s old narrative as anonymous digital cash no longer holds up. With blockchain analytics firms such as Chainalysis and Elliptic tracking transactions, Bitcoin is now highly transparent.
As more institutional capital enters crypto, regulatory oversight and compliance standards are increasing. That shift is creating a new dynamic. The more regulated and monitored the space becomes, the more valuable privacy technology may appear.
Silbert does not believe Bitcoin will meaningfully integrate strong privacy features. Because of that, he expects capital to flow toward networks that are designed with privacy at their core, especially those using zero-knowledge technology to protect transaction data.
Silbert’s comments carry weight because of DCG’s history in crypto. Grayscale, a DCG subsidiary, launched the first institutional Bitcoin investment vehicle in 2013. That product later became one of the most actively traded spot Bitcoin ETFs.
Grayscale also runs the Grayscale Zcash Trust, launched in 2017, and is working toward an ETF conversion. DCG has previously backed other privacy-focused projects as well. Silbert even suggested that Zcash could act as a long-term hedge against potential quantum computing risks to Bitcoin, though he does not see that threat as immediate.
Privacy Chain or Privacy Layer
Not everyone agrees that standalone privacy coins will dominate. Crypto user neural_gin argued that privacy is becoming a premium feature as regulations tighten, but questioned whether it needs its own blockchain.
He suggested that zero-knowledge proofs integrated into major networks like Ethereum or Solana could compete directly with projects like Zcash. In his view, privacy should be a feature users can switch on when needed rather than something tied to a separate token.
If even a small portion of Bitcoin capital rotates, the privacy sector could see renewed momentum. The real debate now is where that value ultimately lands.
Never Miss a Beat in the Crypto World!
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
FAQs
Is Bitcoin still anonymous?
No, Bitcoin is no longer anonymous. Blockchain analytics tools like Chainalysis now make Bitcoin transactions highly transparent and traceable.
What are privacy-focused cryptocurrencies?
Privacy coins like Zcash use zero-knowledge technology to shield transaction data, keeping sender, receiver, and amount confidential.
Could tighter regulation make privacy coins harder to access?
Yes. Some exchanges may limit or delist privacy-focused tokens if compliance requirements increase. That could reduce liquidity in certain regions, even if global demand remains strong.
Who stands to benefit most if privacy demand rises?
Developers building compliance-friendly privacy tools, custodians offering secure storage, and funds creating regulated investment products could see increased activity. Exchanges may also adapt to balance user privacy with reporting rules.
Price predictions for 2026 range from up to $4.18.
Long-term forecasts suggest potential highs of $35.60 by 2030.
WLD price was almost $12 ATH but went crashing to $0.50 in the last remaining days of 2025. This has raised concerns among investors and traders about WLD’s future, and as a result, the Worldcoin price prediction 2026 has become a topic of significant discussion, with many being intrigued about its prospects in the coming year.
Its prolonged period of downtrend has left many wondering if the project’s initial buzz was fading. But, behind the scenes, Worldcoin is still quietly building its platform. Now, experts view Q1 2026 as a potential turning point where renewed momentum could be observed.
So many are now asking a crucial question: is this the start of a new chapter for Worldcoin? Will the project’s focus on decentralized identity and its connection to the AI sector be enough to fuel a powerful comeback and reclaim its spot in the market spotlight?
Let’s delve into the anticipated Worldcoin price predictions 2026 to 2030 and the years to come.
Entering 2026, in a bleeding state, wasn’t so sympathetic, as investors didn’t buy back at discounts; as a result, January and even February fell, slipping to $0.27 in February.
However, if the critical support at $0.31 fails to hold, the price may undergo further sideways stagnation or a retest of its floor near $0.24.
Worldcoin Price Prediction 2026
As 2026 dawned, the market found itself in a precarious position, struggling to regain its footing. Investor sentiment remained lackluster, with many refraining from seizing opportunities even as prices dipped to massive discounts. Consequently, the downward trend persisted into January and even February, with the price plummeting to a low of $0.27 by mid-February.
The situation remains precarious; should the crucial support level at $0.31 fail to withstand selling pressure, the price may not only linger in a phase of stagnation but could also reattempt a dip towards its critical floor around $0.24.
WLD On-Chain Analysis
The WLD Spot Average Order Size chart reveals persistent green clusters into January 2026, indicating sustained “Big Whale” participation. This heavy institutional accumulation suggests that smart money is aggressively building positions, viewing the current price range as a high-conviction entry point.
Similarly, development activity on Worldcoin is surging to new local highs in January 2026, showcasing intense builder commitment. This spike in innovation, combined with whale interest, creates a powerful fundamental divergence that historically precedes a massive price reversal.
WLD Price Forecast 2026 – 2030
Year
Potential Low ($)
Average Price ($)
Potential High ($)
2026
2.50
6.00
9.50
2027
7.00
11.25
15.70
2028
10.75
15.95
21.15
2029
15.65
21.60
27.50
2030
19.75
27.75
35.60
This table, based on historical movements, shows Worldcoin price to reach $35.60 by 2030 based on compounding market cap each year. This table provides a framework for understanding the potential Worldcoin price movements. Yet, the actual price will depend on a combination of market dynamics, investor behavior, and external factors influencing the cryptocurrency landscape.
Worldcoin Price Forecast 2026
Worldcoin’s price for 2026 is projected to range between $2.50 and $9.50, with an average price of approximately $6.00.
WLD Price Prediction 2027
Worldcoin’s price for 2027 is expected to fluctuate between $7.00 and $15.70, with an average price of around $11.25.
Worldcoin Price Forecast 2028
Worldcoin’s price for 2028 is anticipated to be between $10.75 and $21.15, with an average price of about $15.95.
WLD Token Ai Price Forecast 2029
Worldcoin’s price for 2029 is projected to vary from $15.60 to $27.50, with an average price of roughly $21.60.
Worldcoin AI Token Price Prediction 2030
Worldcoin’s price for 2030 is expected to fluctuate between $19.75 to $35.60, with an average price of approximately $27.75.
Market Analysis
Firm Name
2026
2030
Swapspace
$1.30
$2.07
coincodex
$2.40
$4.30
DigitalCoinPrice
$3.02
$4.06
*The targets mentioned above are the average targets set by the respective firms.
Never Miss a Beat in the Crypto World!
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
FAQs
What is Worldcoin?
Worldcoin is a cryptocurrency project aiming to distribute digital assets to a global audience through a unique identity-verification system.
What is the current price of 1 Worldcoin?
At the time of writing, the price of one WLD token was $ 0.00349731.
What is the Worldcoin price prediction for 2026?
WLD price forecasts for 2026 suggest a potential range between $2.50 and $9.50, depending on market recovery and technical breakouts.
What is the Worldcoin price prediction for 2030?
Long-term models suggest WLD could trade from about $19.75 to $35.60 by 2030 under bullish conditions.
What is the Worldcoin price prediction for 2040?
While speculative, extended growth forecasts envision potential for WLD beyond 2040 based on adoption and tech use cases.
Is Worldcoin a good long-term investment?
Worldcoin offers long-term potential due to its focus on decentralized identity and AI, but it remains volatile and requires risk awareness.
What factors influence WLD price the most?
WLD price is driven by AI narrative strength, user adoption, token supply dynamics, market sentiment, and overall crypto market trends.
Strategy Inc., the largest corporate holder of Bitcoin, is preparing to issue more perpetual preferred shares to attract investors who want Bitcoin exposure without sharp stock price swings.
Meanwhile, the move comes as its stock swings sharply with Bitcoin, and the company looks for safer, yield-based funding options tied to its digital asset treasury strategy.
Strategy Introduces 11.25% Yield Preferred Shares
In a recent interview, Phong Le said that Strategy plans to issue new perpetual preferred shares to address investor concerns about sharp price swings in its common stock. The company’s shares often move more aggressively than Bitcoin itself, both up and down, because its business model is closely tied to the cryptocurrency.
To reduce this volatility risk, the company is introducing a new preferred share product called “Stretch.”
JUST IN: STRATEGY’S $STRC PREFERRED STOCK IS NOW BACK TRADING ABOVE $100
Unlike common shares that fluctuate heavily with Bitcoin’s price, this product is designed as a more stable, yield-focused option for investors. The preferred shares offer a monthly reset dividend rate of approximately 11.25% and are structured to trade at a $100 face value.
The new preferred share push comes as Strategy’s common stock (MSTR) has fallen nearly 20% over the past month, recently trading near $125.
By using more preferred shares instead of common stock, the company can raise funds with less dilution. Recently, Strategy raised about $370 million through common shares and only around $7 million through preferred shares for Bitcoin purchases.
This approach may help protect Bitcoin per share value and avoid selling common stock at discounted prices.
Strategy Holding Bitcoin With 12% Unrealized Loss
Despite all, Strategy holds 714,644 BTC on its books, valued at around $48 billion at recent prices. The firm’s average purchase cost is $76,052 per BTC.
With Bitcoin trading near $67,000, the holdings currently show an estimated unrealised loss near 12%, equal to roughly $5 billion on paper.
Perhaps, executives have said this drawdown does not change their long-term accumulation plan.
Never Miss a Beat in the Crypto World!
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
FAQs
What is Strategy’s new Stretch preferred share?
It’s a perpetual preferred share with an 11.25% monthly reset dividend and $100 face value, designed for stable Bitcoin-linked income with less volatility than common stock.
How much Bitcoin does Strategy hold?
Strategy holds 714,644 BTC, purchased at an average of $76,052 per coin, currently valued near $48 billion with an unrealized loss of about 12%.
What is the dividend on Strategy’s new preferred shares?
The Stretch preferred shares offer a monthly reset dividend rate of approximately 11.25%, paid to investors seeking yield over capital gains.
Why is Strategy issuing more preferred shares now?
To reduce stock dilution, raise stable funding, and offer investors a less volatile way to gain Bitcoin exposure without the sharp swings of common shares.
The live price of the MANA crypto token is $ 0.10038550.
Price predictions for 2026 range from $0.247 – $0.40.
By 2030, the MANA price could surge toward $4.90 due to growing trader activity.
Decentraland (MANA) is one of the earliest and most recognizable names in the metaverse sector. Built on Ethereum, Decentraland allows users to own virtual land, create experiences, and participate in a digital space using its native token, MANA.
While the overall metaverse narrative has cooled since its 2021 peak, Decentraland continues to maintain an active ecosystem focused on virtual events, social experiences, and creator-led development.
If you’re curious about Decentraland’s future and wondering whether MANA is a good investment, this MANA price prediction 2026–2030 will walk you through its potential growth and long-term outlook.
MANA cryptocurrency has experienced a 98% decline since the FTX crash in 2021. However, it is showing remarkable resilience. The critical support level established in early 2021 is essential. If MANA can rise and close above $0.35 in the first quarter of 2026, it could set the stage for an impressive 1,000% increase, making a $1.00 target price for the year not just possible, but highly attainable.
Decentraland (MANA) Price Prediction 2026
MANA crypto’s multi-year performance chart reflects a dramatic 98% decline since the FTX crash in 2021, leading many enthusiasts and investors to speculate about the project’s potential end.
This sharp price depreciation has instilled fear among investors, who have witnessed continuous negative price action for years. However, it is essential to consider the historical support level that has been in place since early 2021, which warrants attention despite the recent stagnation in price movement.
Although the project has experienced considerable setbacks over the past half-decade, there still remain arguments for a potential revival. The primary argument is the avoidance of delisting from several exchanges, indicating that MANA/USD continues to pursue efforts aimed at market recovery and still retains decent liquidity in a project with an over $250 million market cap.
Thus, the current retest of this support level is particularly noteworthy. A reversal at this juncture could result in substantial upward momentum. Conversely, if this support range is breached, it would likely reinforce perceptions of MANA crypto as a failing venture.
That said, it is crucial to closely monitor the $0.35 level. Should MANA successfully breach this level and maintain above it with a weekly close, this would signify a significant “Change of Character” for the price dynamic. Under such circumstances, a conservative target of $1.00 for the year may be warranted.
Price Prediction
Potential Low ($)
Average Price ($)
Potential High ($)
2026
0.95
1.45
1.95
MANA On-chain Analysis
MANA’s exchange reserves have plummeted from 606M to 312M tokens, a massive 48% supply drain signaling aggressive accumulation. This consistent liquidity exit creates a powerful supply-crunch, drastically reducing sell-side pressure and preparing the asset for a significant parabolic breakout as market demand grows.
Furthermore, a bullish transfer of wealth is underway. While retail holders dump their positions, institutional whales holding 10M–1B tokens are absorbing the supply. This shift from weak to strong hands confirms deep conviction among major players, providing a solid floor for MANA’s future growth.
Decentraland MANA Price Prediction 2026 – 2030
Price Prediction Years
Potential Low ($)
Average Price ($)
Potential High ($)
Decentraland (MANA) Price Forecast 2026
0.95
1.45
1.95
MANA Token Price Forecast 2027
1.55
2.15
2.85
Decentraland Price Analysis 2028
2.45
3.05
3.65
Decentraland Price Prediction 2029
3.55
3.95
4.35
MANA Price Prediction 2030
4.15
4.65
5.15
Decentraland (MANA) Price Forecast 2026
According to forecast prices and technical analysis, Decentraland’s price is projected to reach a minimum of $0.95 in 2026. The maximum price could hit $1.95, with an average trading price of around $1.45.
MANA Token Price Forecast 2027
Looking forward to 2027, MANA’s price is expected to reach a low of $1.55, with a high of $2.85 and an average forecast price of $2.15.
Decentraland Price Analysis 2028
In 2028, the price of a single Decentraland is anticipated to reach a minimum of $2.45, with a maximum of $3.65 and an average price of $3.05.
Decentraland Price Prediction 2029
By 2029, Decentraland’s price is predicted to reach a minimum of $3.55, with the potential to hit a maximum of $4.35 and an average of $3.95.
Decentraland (MANA) Price Prediction 2029
In 2030, the MANA coin price is predicted to touch its lowest price at $4.15, hitting a high of $5.15 and an average price of $4.65.
What Does The Market Say?
Year
2026
2027
2030
CoinCodex
$0.26
$0.39
$0.67
Tokenmetrics
$0.78
$1.41
$2.11
DigitalCoinPrice
$0.33
$0.61
$3.32
Never Miss a Beat in the Crypto World!
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
FAQs
What is Decentraland (MANA) and how does it work?
Decentraland is a virtual world on Ethereum where users buy land, create experiences, and trade using the MANA token.
What is the predicted price of MANA in 2026?
MANA could trade between $0.247 and $0.40 in 2026, with potential upside if it maintains key support and adoption grows.
What is Decentraland’s price prediction for 2030?
By 2030, MANA could reach a high of $4.92, a low of $4.15, and an average price of $4.65, reflecting adoption and growing metaverse use.
How high could MANA price go in 2040?
Over the long term, MANA may see substantial growth if adoption and virtual land demand expand, potentially reaching a high of $12–$15 by 2040.
What drives the price of MANA?
MANA’s price is influenced by virtual land demand, user growth, creator tools, and on-chain activity in Decentraland.
Can Decentraland compete with other metaverse projects?
Yes, if Decentraland expands events, gaming, and creator tools, it could attract more users and remain a top metaverse platform.
Price predictions suggest that ALGO has the potential to hit $0.65 to $1.35 by the end of 2026.
Long-term forecasts indicate potential highs of $5.65 by 2030.
Algorand’s strong push for scalability, security, and decentralization is paying off. With the launch of AlgoKit 3.0 in Q1 2025 and growing developer interest, ALGO adoption has improved and is now on the rise. The rising adoption is beneficial for an asset, as it is directly proportional to a token’s price.
But the big question for intrigued market participants still remains: Can ALGO Price hit $1 this cycle? Read our in-depth Algorand Price Prediction 2025 and long-term outlook through 2030 to find out.
Algorand (ALGO) has been trading sideways since 2022, a stark contrast to its 2021 growth. If demand increases, it could target $0.60 or $0.80 by mid-2026. But, a weekly close at $0.80 may lead to further gains, potentially reaching $2.0 or even $3.0, yielding over 2200% returns.
Algorand February Price Prediction 2026
In January, it lost the $0.1125 support level and fell to $0.0806 by February. Despite a multi-year demand area, the impact has been muted, and February appears likely to trade within this range for an extended period. Based on its price action, if $0.1050 is breached, it could aim for $0.1300 by the end of February. However, if the decline continues, it might slide back to $0.0806 or even lower.
ALGO Price Analysis 2026
Looking ahead through 2026, the secondary indicator chart suggests a cautious recovery rather than an immediate vertical moonshot. Technical indicators like the RSI are hovering in neutral territory (35−45), indicating that while the “extreme fear” has subsided, the momentum is not yet in a full-blown bull regime.
Most analyst models and indicator trends project ALGO to fluctuate between $0.12 and $0.19 for the first half of the year as it tests overhead resistance. If the network’s push into real-world asset tokenization gains traction, a successful breakout above the 200-day SMA could open the door for a year-end target near $0.25 – $0.30.
However, failure to hold the $0.10 support would likely result in further consolidation near the $0.08 all-time low.
AVAX Onchain Outlook
The on-chain outlook for Algorand (ALGO) is flashing bullish signals that suggest a transition from retail-led speculation to institutional-grade accumulation. A notable increase in average order sizes indicates that “whale” investors are actively participating, effectively absorbing supply during consolidation phases to reduce downside risk.
Simultaneously, the 90-day Cumulative Volume Delta (CVD) has entered a “Taker Buy Dominant” phase, which historically correlates with upward price movement as aggressive buyers consistently outpace sellers in the open market. These metrics, paired with a “cooling” spot and futures volume bubble map, suggest the market is moving through a healthy period of stabilization and building the necessary liquidity for a potential breakout.
Algorand Price Targets 2026 – 2030
Year
Potential Low ($)
Potential Average ($)
Potential High ($)
2026
0.65
1.0
1.35
2027
0.90
1.50
2.00
2028
1.40
2.10
2.90
2029
1.75
2.95
4.15
2030
2.50
4.05
5.65
Algorand (ALGO) Price Forecast 2026
Moving forward to 2026, the ALGO price may record a maximum price of $1.35. With a potential low of $0.65, the average price could settle at around $1.0.
ALGO Coin Price Projection 2027
Looking ahead to 2027, the Algorand crypto token may range between $0.90 and $2.0. With this, the average trading price could settle at around $1.50 for the year.
Algorand Crypto Price Action 2028
In 2028, the ALGO coin with a potential surge could reach a high of $2.90, a low of $1.40, and an average of $2.10.
ALGO Token Price Analysis 2029
Moving into 2029, the Algorand coin could range between $1.75 and $4.15. Considering the buying and selling pressure, the average price could settle at around $2.95.
ALGO Price Prediction 2030
By 2030, the value of a single Algorand token could reach a high of $5.65, a low of $2.50, and an average of $4.05.
Market Analysis
Firm Name
2025
2026
2030
Currencyanalytics
$0.67
$0.97
$4.06
Priceprediction.net
$0.18
$0.258
$1.10
DigitalCoinPrice
$0.82
$1.28
$2.60
Never Miss a Beat in the Crypto World!
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
FAQs
What is the Algorand price prediction for 2026?
Algorand’s price in 2026 is forecasted between about $0.65 and $1.35, with an average near $1 if momentum and adoption improve.
What is the ALGO price prediction for 2027?
In 2027, ALGO may range from $0.90 to $2.00, with an average price around $1.50, depending on market demand and adoption.
How much will Algorand (ALGO) be worth in 2030?
By 2030, ALGO could reach a high of $5.65, a low of $2.50, and an average price of $4.05, reflecting growing adoption.
How much will Algorand be worth in 10 years?
Over the next 10 years, ALGO could reach $5.65 at its peak, driven by network growth, adoption, and real-world asset tokenization.
What factors influence Algorand’s price growth?
Network adoption, scalability, institutional participation, and real-world asset tokenization are key factors driving ALGO’s price potential.
The live price of the Polygon coin is $ 0.21819891.
POL price predictions for 2026 suggest potential highs of $0.7548.
Long-term forecasts indicate POL could reach $4.94 by 2030.
Polygon (POL) has a mind-blowing Layer-2 scaling solution project for Ethereum, which is primarily designed to address slow speeds and the network’s high transaction fees.
As a result, Polygon is seen as a revolutionary framework for developers and users, as it attracts by offering a more efficient Ethereum experience, which is the reason contributing to POL’s price value, too.
Through, POL, which is its native token (formerly MATIC), is utilized for transaction fees and network governance, in the framework of interconnected Ethereum-compatible blockchain networks.
Its use case makes it an attractive altcoin, and even its token POL price is attracting attention. The coin is expected to show a surge in the coming sessions, but it would require a technical eye to understand.
Therefore, if you are curious about whether the POL price can rebound to $1. Will Polygon go up? And is Polygon a good investment? We bring our Polygon Price Prediction for 2025 – 2030 to explore the POL price prediction.
In 2025 and 2026, prices fell, reaching $0.0850 within a narrowing wedge. A breakout above this level could lead to $0.19, $0.30, and $0.42. Without improving sentiment, declines in the POL price may continue.
Polygon Price Prediction 2026
In 2025, we saw notably pessimistic price action, a trend that continued into 2026, with prices following the same downward trajectory.
The price has been moving within a narrowing falling wedge, and by February, it reached $0.0850, which coincides with the lower edge of the channel. This level is crucial for the POL/USD pair because if demand returns, the narrowing range could be broken, potentially allowing a retest of $0.19. A decisive breach above this level would signal a breakout from the falling wedge pattern, opening the way for higher price levels, such as $0.30 and $0.42.
However, if sentiment does not improve as expected, the falling wedge may continue to narrow until it encounters demand. Given the current market drawdown, the likelihood of the POL price continuing to decline remains high.
Year
Potential Low ($)
Potential Average ($)
Potential High ($)
Polygon Price Action 2026 (conservative)
$0.10
$0.26
$0.53
POL On-Chain Analysis
The on-chain landscape for POL is flashing a major recovery signal as the 30-day moving average of Daily Active Addresses (DAA) shows a clear and sustained upward trend in early 2026.
This metric serves as the vital heartbeat of the ecosystem, indicating that organic utility and user engagement are returning to the network at a steady, reliable pace. Unlike temporary spikes that often signal speculative noise, a rising 30-day average suggests a strengthening network effect and a growing demand for blockspace.
For investors, this return of on-chain activity is a fundamental precursor to price appreciation, as it confirms that the ecosystem is not only retaining its base but actively expanding its reach.
Complementing this surge in network activity is a powerful development in supply distribution, specifically within the “whale” and institutional cohorts. Addresses holding between 100,000 and 10 million POL have seen significant growth, signaling a phase of high-conviction accumulation by “smart money.”
This specific bracket often represents mid-to-large-scale investors who lead market cycles by absorbing supply during consolidation phases. This strategic positioning by larger entities reduces sell-side pressure and creates a robust fundamental floor for the asset.
When rising active addresses align with such aggressive whale accumulation, it speaks a definitively bullish language for the POL trajectory, suggesting that the most influential market participants are preparing for a major expansion in value.
Polygon Price Prediction 2026 – 2030
Year
Potential Low ($)
Potential Average ($)
Potential High ($)
Polygon Price Action 2026
$0.18870
$0.47179
$0.75488
POL Price Prediction 2027
$0.30194
$0.75488
$1.20782
Polygon Crypto Price Forecast 2028
$0.48311
$1.20782
$1.93252
POL Coin Price Projection 2029
$0.77297
$1.93252
$3.09205
Polygon Price Prediction 2030
$1.23676
$3.09205
$4.94729
This table, based on historical movements, shows POL price to reach $4.94 by 2030 based on compounding market cap each year. This table provides a framework for understanding the potential POL price movements. Yet, the actual price will depend on a combination of market dynamics, investor behavior, and external factors influencing the cryptocurrency landscape.
Polygon Price Action 2026
Anticipating further expansion, MATIC’s potential high for 2026 is projected to be $0.75488, while the potential low is estimated at $0.18870, resulting in an average price of $0.47179.
POL Price Prediction 2027
MATIC crypto can make a potential high of $1.20782 in 2027, with a potential low of $0.30194, leading to an average price of $0.75488.
Polygon Crypto Price Forecast 2028
As the POL price progresses, the potential high price for 2028 is projected to be $1.93252, with a potential low of $0.48311, resulting in an average price of $1.20782.
MATIC Coin Price Projection 2029
Polygon coin price potential high for 2029 could be $3.09205, while a potential low of $0.77297, with an average price of $1.93252.
Polygon Price Prediction 2030
With an established position in the market, POL’s potential high for 2030 is projected to be $4.94729. On the flip side, a potential low of $1.23676 will result in an average price of $3.09205.
Market Analysis
Firm Name
2025
2026
2030
CoinCodex
$ 0.71
$ 0.50
$ 0.90
Binance
$0.24
$0.26
$0.31
Flitpay
$6.25
$4
$10.4
Never Miss a Beat in the Crypto World!
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
FAQs
Is Polygon (POL) a good long-term investment?
Polygon is considered a strong long-term project due to its Ethereum scaling role, active development, and growing ecosystem, but it still carries market risk.
What is the Polygon price prediction for 2026?
For 2026, POL price forecasts suggest a potential range between $0.10 and $0.75, depending on market recovery and technical breakout patterns.
Can Polygon reach $5 by 2030?
Some long-term projections indicate POL could approach $4–$5 by 2030 if adoption accelerates and the crypto market enters a sustained growth cycle.
What factors affect Polygon (POL) price the most?
POL price is influenced by Ethereum demand, network usage, market liquidity, macroeconomic trends, and overall investor sentiment in crypto markets.
The live price of The Graph crypto is $ 0.02696719.
Price predictions for 2026 range from $0.05 to $1.75.
In 2030, GRT may hit a high of $3.55, reflecting long-term growth.
AI may be taking center stage in today’s tech revolution, but behind every smart application lies the challenge of accessing and organizing reliable data. That’s where The Graph (GRT) steps in—an innovative indexing protocol transforming how blockchain data is queried.
As interest in The Graph surges, especially after its major 2025 upgrades and the launch of substreams-powered subgraphs, the question on everyone’s mind is: Can GRT price reach $1? In this article, we break down its technical potential, rising developer adoption, and market sentiment in our detailed The Graph Price Prediction 2026–2030.
In 2026, it fell below historical lows, reaching a new all-time low (ATL) of $0.0228, shaking investor confidence. It now has the potential to drop further, possibly forming a new ATL of $0.0100. However, if demand increases, $0.0400 could be revisited.
Why On-Chain Hints Flourishing Network and Ecosystem Growth In “The Graph”?
The Graph Network, has recently improved its fundamental growth, yet this strength is sharply diverging from its prolonged bearish GRT price action.
The network, is majorly used by developers and data consumers who pay to query data, is flourishing, per onchain. yet, the GRT remains significantly suppressed, presenting a notable contrast that is at the heart of its current analysis.
As per the data onchain, the performance of The Graph Network can be directly assessed by the growing “volume of queries” and the “accrual of query fees”.
In this context, the data reveals that over the last six months, its query volume has impressively reached 11.6 billion, which displays a clear sign of robust developer adoption that has been particularly fast since the network’s migration to Arbitrum.
Similarly, the query fees generated by data consumers on Arbitrum have also reached an all-time high of $8.11 million in August.
This success is supported by a large community of over 167,000 delegators and 7,204 active curators, all contributing to the network’s health.
In addition, the growing ecosystem is also in the spotlight by recent integrations with major brands like Tron, pointing to a strengthening on a fundamental level.
GRT Price Prediction 2026
For 2026, breaking below its historical lows was not what many investors were expecting, as assets, in particular, tend to show bullish momentum at historical lows based on a horizontal level.
But by February, it’s already breached this zone and marked a new STL of $0.0228, which has shaken investors’ trust massively. As this crypto shows no signs of improvement in its price action, in the worst-case scenario, it could even fall beneath the current ATL and mark a new one around $0.0100.
GRT On-Chain Analysis
Since the catastrophic decline from $2.15 in 2021, the total number of holders has continued to increase despite the significant price drop. This indicates that, over time, while the price has faced substantial setbacks, the community of believers in the project has been steadily growing.
Analyzing the supply on exchanges provides insight into the 2021 downturn, which can be attributed to the FTX crash and a remarkable influx of assets onto exchanges. In late 2020, exchange supply was below 250 million; however, by May 2023, it surged to 1.36 billion. This influx of supply exerted downward pressure on GRT’s price.
In contrast, the latter half of 2023 onwards has seen a consistent decline in exchange supply. By January 2026, this figure had fallen to 757.21 million almost half of the peak supply recorded on exchanges. This trend aligns with the sustained growth in total holders of GRT, clearly indicating accumulation.
GRT Coin Price Prediction 2026-2030
Year
Potential Low ($)
Potential Average ($)
Potential High ($)
2026
1.05
1.20
1.75
2027
1.55
1.70
2.15
2028
2.15
2.20
2.65
2029
2.25
2.70
3.25
2030
3.15
3.20
3.55
The Graph Price Targets 2026
By 2026, with continued adoption and network improvements, GRT could trade between $1.05 and $1.75, with an average price of approximately $1.20.
GRT Coin Price Prediction 2027
In 2027, GRT might range between $1.55 and $2.15, averaging around $1.70 as the network potentially sees increased usage and partnerships.
The Graph Token Price Prediction 2028
For 2028, GRT could trade between $2.15 and $2.65, with an average price of approximately $2.20, assuming continued growth in the blockchain indexing sector.
GRT Crypto Price Projection 2029
By 2029, GRT might range between $2.25 and $3.25, with an average trading price of $2.70, as the project matures and potentially captures a larger market share.
The Graph Price Prediction 2030
By 2030, GRT could potentially reach a high of $3.55, with a low of $3.15 and an average price of approximately $3.20, reflecting a decade of development and adoption.
What Does The Market Say?
Firm Name
2026
2030
Changelly
$0.320
$1.89
priceprediction.net
$0.493
$2.26
DigitalCoinPrice
$0.27
$0.58
Never Miss a Beat in the Crypto World!
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
FAQs
What is the price of 1 GRT Token?
At the time of writing, the price of 1 The Graph Token was $ 0.02696719
What is the price prediction for GRT in 2026?
GRT price in 2026 may range from $0.05 in weak demand to $1.75 in strong demand, with an average target near $1.20.
What could The Graph (GRT) be worth in 2030?
By 2030, GRT could trade between $3.15 and $3.55 if adoption continues and the protocol becomes a core data layer for Web3.
Is The Graph (GRT) a good long-term investment?
GRT has strong fundamentals, growing developer adoption, and real utility, making it a promising long-term project, though price volatility remains high.
Can GRT reach $1?
Yes, based on network growth and adoption, some projections suggest GRT could reach between $1.05 and $1.75 by 2026, though market conditions will ultimately determine its price path.
In a decisive move signaling institutional confidence, a Solana whale swam into the Patos Meme Coin presale late Tuesday, executing a high-volume accumulation strategy that has rippled through the on-chain analytics community. Around 9:00 PM EST, smart money wallets tracked a massive inflow of capital into the Patos treasury, resulting in the purchase of nearly 8.1 Million $PATOS tokens across a series of three rapid-fire transactions. The most significant of these was a single buy order for 8.06 million tokens, effectively sweeping a large portion of the remaining daily liquidity (Transaction hash). This accumulation event arrives precisely as the project cements its status as the top crypto presale of February 2026, bolstered by record-breaking exchange confirmations.
The Smart Money Signal: Why Whales Are Buying Now
This specific Solana whale is not a novice speculator but a savvy crypto trader with a history of early entries into high-utility SPL tokens. This marks the third recognized crypto whale to buy into Patos Meme Coin over the past month, suggesting that FOMO (Fear Of Missing Out) is beginning to permeate the upper echelons of the DeFi community.
In the lifecycle of a top crypto presale, there is a distinct pattern: “Smart money” typically buys first during the initial rounds, securing the lowest cost basis (in this case, $0.000139999993). They recognize that the asymmetry of risk and reward is most favorable before the masses arrive. Novice buyers, conversely, tend to come in on the back-end—often after the token has listed on exchanges—allowing their potential profits to decay with the delay. However, the unique structure of the Patos presale suggests that even retail (common) investors who dollar cost average into the project at $10 to $30 per day are positioning themselves for substantial gains, riding the wake of the whales.
The Biconomy Catalyst: A Tier 2 Titan Enters the Chat
The whale’s aggressive entry appears to be a direct response to a major fundamental catalyst. On Tuesday morning at 11:11 AM (EST)—a timestamp aligning with the project’s “111” branding—Biconomy Crypto Exchangeofficially announced that Patos Meme Coin will be listed for spot trading immediately following the presale’s conclusion on June 26, 2026.
This announcement was expected to trigger more buying, and the market responded instantly. Biconomy is a heavyweight partner for a meme coin at this stage. It is currently ranked as the 27th biggest crypto exchange in the world by trading volume per CoinMarketCap. While categorized as a Tier 2 crypto exchange, its metrics indicate it is steadily moving towards becoming Tier 1.
Biconomy by the Numbers:
Daily Volume: Handles over $3.5 billion US dollars in spot trading daily.
Peak Volume: In the last 90 days, it hit a peak of nearly $14 billion in a single 24-hour period.
Reach: Reports serving over 10 million crypto traders and hosting over 4.5 million smart contracts.
The impact of the Biconomy listing on Patos Meme Coin during its debut week in Q3 2026 will be immense. The token will be paired with USDT, making access to the meme coin frictionless for Biconomy’s millions of global users. This significantly lowers the barrier to entry, increasing FOMO and spreading the Solana meme coin brand to markets that decentralized exchanges (DEXs) cannot reach.
Presale Velocity: Breaking Down the 822 Million
The on-chain data reflects a project in hyper-growth. Per the official tracker at PatosMemeCoin.com, the currently active token presale has sold over 822,000,000 tokens as of Day 52 of the event.
The financial commitment from the community is tangible. Investors have invested $115,149 accumulatively at the time of this report.This milestone cements Biconomy as the 8th centralized crypto exchange to confirm a listing, continuing Patos’ dominance over the entire crypto presale market. The project is effectively executing a “blitzscaling” strategy, en route to a record-breaking 111 crypto exchange debut.
The appetite for the token is undeniable. Over 74% of the initial round offering has been sold to investors, with at least three verified whales among them. Consequently, less than 26% of the initial allocation remains.
Breaking down the math reveals the intensity of the accumulation:
Total Raised: ~$115,149
Timeframe: 52 Days
Average Daily Investment: ~$2,214 USD
Using the Round 1 token price of $0.000139999993, we can see the token velocity:
Daily Token Sales (Avg): ~15.8 Million Tokens
However, following the Biconomy news and the whale entry, daily averages are appearing to grow past 25 million daily this week.
Forecast: The Compounding Curve
Based on the current acceleration, analysts have modeled the projected sales velocity. This creates a tangible “Fear Of Missing Out” for investors waiting on the sidelines.
It is vital for potential investors to compare the “time of start” of the Patos Presale to others in the market to truly understand its dominance and aggressive growth.
The Patos Meme Coin token presale launched on December 18th of 2024. It has achieved these milestones in under two months.In contrast, other token presales that boast similar raw numbers often hide a dirty secret: they have been “live” for 6 months, 9 months, or even a year. These projects are stagnant. The difference is critical because it demonstrates that Patos Meme Coin is using investor funding properly to secure tangible growth points. It stands as one of the presales with virtually no chance of a rug pull, as funds are visibly being channeled to proper destinations—liquidity providers and exchange compliance fees—rather than sitting idle in a creator’s wallet like other “zombie” coins.
The Flight from Legacy Memes
This surge in Patos occurs against a backdrop of struggle for the old guard. Shiba Inu (SHIB), Pepe (PEPE), and Bonk Inu (BONK) have dipped to all-time lows since Q4 of 2025.
This may be the primary reason why Patos Meme Coin is spiking. Investors are rational actors; they are looking for somewhere to park their funds that offers major growth potential. In a volatile bear cycle, a saturated asset cannot offer a 50x return. Investors are rotating capital out of these stagnant legacy coins and into the high-velocity Patos presale.
Table 2: Predicted Growth of $1,000 Investment (Now to June 2026)
Asset
Bearish Market (Value)
Normal Market (Value)
Bullish Market (Value)
Shiba Inu (SHIB)
$850 (-15%)
$1,100 (+10%)
$2,000 (+100%)
Pepe (PEPE)
$700 (-30%)
$1,200 (+20%)
$2,500 (+150%)
Bonk Inu (BONK)
$800 (-20%)
$1,300 (+30%)
$3,000 (+200%)
Patos ($PATOS)
$2,500 (+150%)
$8,500 (+750%)
$45,000 (+4,400%)
The “Magnificent 8” and the Moon Shot
Beyond breaching the 822 million tokens milestone, Patos Meme Coin is creating a structural moat. It is leading all Solana token presales with the most crypto exchange listing confirmations.
It now has 8 centralized exchanges committed to the debut: Biconomy, Azbit, BiFinance, Dex-Trade, BitStorage, Trapix, BitsPay, and CETOEX. This growing list solidifies the narrative that the entire crypto exchange ecosystem is moving closer towards Patos. This consensus is building speculative forecasts of a “crypto moon shot”—or perhaps even a “crypto Mars shot”—upon launch.
The Closing Window: Round 1 Supply Critical
It is imperative to restate that Patos Meme Coin is currently in Round 1. The token price is $0.000139999993.
Market strategists are funneling readers to PatosMemeCoin.com to buy now to avoid losing 8% of the future ROI. The price is slated to go up 8% in the second round of the presale. With only 26% of the Round 1 supply remaining and millions of tokens being sold daily, the window is closing.
The “Patos Flock” Phenomenon
Behind the financials is the “Patos Flock.” This hardcore subculture is actively raiding social media platforms from Reddit to X, creating a viral feedback loop. They repost, share, and meme the project into relevance, compounding brand value. This decentralized marketing army ensures that when Biconomy lists the token, there will be an army of thousands ready to trade, stake, and hold.
In closing, the Biconomy listing stands as the biggest crypto exchange listing confirmation for Patos Meme Coin thus far per CoinMarketCap rankings. Coupled with 3 other Top 50 exchanges, the validation from CEXs continues to increase.
The opportunity to buy Patos Meme Coin at the current Round 1 rate is coming to a close—possibly as soon as this week. With at least 3 Solana whales already investing in the project, it could close the first round as early as Monday, February 16th based on current compounding presales averages. The smart money has already made its move; the clock is now ticking for the rest of the market.
Charles Hoskinson has confirmed that LayerZero will be integrated into the Cardano blockchain, marking a major step in Cardano’s institutional expansion strategy. The announcement came during his keynote at Consensus Hong Kong 2026, where the Input Output CEO revealed that the institutional-focused protocol will be ported over to Cardano.
LayerZero has been positioning itself as infrastructure for institutional-grade financial markets and recently secured backing from Citadel Securities. Its arrival on Cardano signals a stronger push toward cross-chain interoperability and high-performance financial applications, areas increasingly critical for attracting large-scale capital.
USDCx Launch and Stablecoin Expansion
A key highlight of the partnership is the upcoming launch of USDCx on Cardano, with broad wallet and exchange support already planned. Hoskinson described the rollout as a milestone moment, bringing compliant and institution-ready stablecoin infrastructure to the network.
He emphasized that the integration will enable privacy-enhanced and immutable stablecoin functionality powered by zero-knowledge technology. The move aligns with Cardano’s long-term strategy of combining regulatory clarity with technical innovation. The announcement also coincided with the rollout of Midnight’s mainnet, strengthening Cardano’s privacy-focused ecosystem and expanding its utility stack.
Bear Market Sentiment, Bullish Long-Term Vision
Hoskinson directly addressed the ongoing market downturn during his speech, calling sentiment “at an all-time low.” In a lighthearted but symbolic gesture, he appeared wearing a McDonald’s uniform, referencing a popular crypto meme about bear markets.
Despite the short-term weakness, he maintained that the broader macro outlook for crypto remains bullish. According to Hoskinson, partnerships like LayerZero demonstrate that institutional development continues regardless of price action. Infrastructure building, he suggested, does not stop during downturns; it accelerates.
Market Signals and Related Activity
The timing of the integration is notable. Just days after LayerZero revealed plans to launch its own Layer 1 blockchain, Zero, a bankruptcy-linked Alameda Research wallet swapped approximately $24 million worth of Stargate (STG) tokens for LayerZero’s ZRO token. Arkham data shows 129.04 million STG, valued at $24.49 million, was exchanged for 11.14 million ZRO worth about $24.29 million.
While the move is tied to bankruptcy proceedings, it highlights growing market attention around LayerZero’s ecosystem.
Overall, Cardano’s LayerZero integration strengthens its position in the competitive Layer 1 race, expands its institutional toolkit, and signals that long-term ecosystem building continues even in challenging market conditions.
Never Miss a Beat in the Crypto World!
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
FAQs
What is LayerZero integration on Cardano?
LayerZero integration brings institutional-grade cross-chain and financial infrastructure to Cardano, enabling high-performance apps and interoperability.
Why is LayerZero important for Cardano’s growth?
LayerZero adds institutional tools, cross-chain capabilities, and high-performance infrastructure, boosting Cardano’s adoption by large investors.
Does the LayerZero integration mean Cardano is preparing for a price recovery?
Not directly—it’s about long-term infrastructure. But such partnerships often signal growing utility and confidence, which historically support stronger market fundamentals over time.
Tether could soon become one of the top 10 buyers of U.S. Treasury bills, according to Bo Hines, CEO of Tether’s U.S. arm. The shift is being driven by explosive demand for USDT, the world’s largest stablecoin, and the launch of USAT, its new U.S.-compliant counterpart. Speaking at Bitcoin Investor Week, Hines signaled that as stablecoin issuance grows, so too will Tether’s appetite for short-term government debt.
USDT now has roughly $185 billion in circulation and serves an estimated 530 million users, adding about 30 million new users each quarter. To back this supply, Tether holds more than $122 billion in U.S. Treasury bills, accounting for over 83% of its reserves. At current levels, that places Tether among the top 20 global holders of U.S. government debt, between major sovereign nations like Germany and Saudi Arabia.
When Stablecoins Became a Profit Engine
The turning point for Tether’s influence came as interest rates surged globally. With higher Treasury yields, stablecoin reserves became significantly more profitable. According to The Kobeissi Letter, Tether reported $10 billion in profit in just the first nine months of 2025, supported by $137 billion in Treasury holdings, ranking it as the 17th-largest holder of U.S. debt at the time.
The model is simple but powerful: users mint USDT and receive a dollar-pegged digital token that pays no interest. Tether invests the underlying reserves into short-term Treasurys and captures the yield spread. In effect, stablecoin users provide zero-cost capital, while Tether earns interest on highly liquid government securities.
What Makes Tether the Top Choice?
Tether’s dominance stems from liquidity, global accessibility, and trust in redemption stability. USDT remains deeply integrated across exchanges, DeFi platforms, and emerging markets, making it the primary on-chain dollar substitute. The introduction of USAT, issued through Anchorage Bank and structured under the U.S. GENIUS Act, further strengthens its regulatory positioning. USAT is designed to meet strict 1:1 high-quality asset backing requirements, signaling alignment with U.S. compliance standards.
This dual-token approach, global USDT and compliant USAT, reinforces Tether’s reach across both offshore and regulated markets.
Crypto and Market Impact
Tether’s growing Treasury footprint links crypto liquidity directly to U.S. debt markets. As stablecoin supply expands, so does demand for Treasurys, effectively turning crypto adoption into a driver of sovereign debt buying.
However, rising scrutiny is emerging around whether stablecoin issuers should share yield with users. Competitors like Jupiter’s $JUPUSD aim to redistribute Treasury returns on-chain. If that model gains traction, it could reshape the stablecoin landscape and challenge Tether’s high-margin dominance.
The cryptocurrency market is experiencing sharp volatility today, wiping out billions of dollars in value within hours as both global stocks and digital assets move lower together.
The total crypto market has lost nearly $90 billion, pushing many major coins to their daily lows. At the same time, U.S. stock indices also slipped, showing that investors are becoming more careful across financial markets.
Major cryptocurrencies fall quickly
Bitcoin dropped below $66,000, falling nearly $3,000 in about one hour, which triggered roughly $70 million in long-position liquidations. Ethereum also declined, touching around $1,900, while several altcoins posted losses between 4% and 7%.
BREAKING: Bitcoin dumped $3,000 in just 60 minutes and liquidated $70 million in longs.
Market sentiment has turned extremely weak, with the Fear and Greed Index falling into “extreme fear” territory, a signal that traders are becoming more defensive and risk-averse.
Why the market is falling
Analysts say several factors are driving today’s crypto decline:
1. Stock market weakness Major U.S. indices such as the S&P 500, Nasdaq, and Russell 2000 moved lower, and crypto markets often follow the same direction, especially during uncertain economic periods.
2. Liquidations accelerating the drop As prices started falling, leveraged traders were forced to close positions, causing additional selling pressure and faster price declines.
3. Bitcoin behaving like tech stocks A recent report from Grayscale Investments said that Bitcoin is currently moving more like high-growth technology stocks rather than a traditional safe-haven asset such as gold. This means that when technology stocks face pressure, crypto prices often fall as well.
Oversold signals appear
Despite the sharp drop, some technical indicators show that the market is approaching oversold levels, which sometimes leads to short-term rebounds. However, analysts warn that volatility may continue until investors regain confidence and buying demand returns.
The Uniswap price chart just printed a sharp 15% intraday rise, and this time it’s not just retail noise. Infact, Whale transaction counts have spiked aggressively and the timing is hard to ignore. UNI recently tapped $2.35, a level closely aligned with late-2020 support zones. Now, heavy capital is stepping in post BlackRock news.
Is the rise from UNI’s lowest point in years a Coincidence? Maybe or Maybe not. let’s look closer for a much clearer perspective.
Why Whales Are Moving & Buying in Sync in Uniswap crypto
Over the past 24 hours, based on Santiment onchain data, 10 addresses have executed transactions exceeding $1 million. At the same time, more than 175 addresses moved over $100K each, both are classified as whale transactions. That’s not random liquidity shuffling, infact that’s concentrated involvement.
Meanwhile, whale cohorts holding between 1,000 and 1 million UNI have increased their balances. In plain terms, larger players aren’t just trading the bounce they’re mass accumulating.
On the Uniswap price chart, this activity coincides with price stabilizing near long-term structural support. And while broader market sentiment remains fragile, this sort of synchronized whale behavior tends to precede volatility one way or another.
Network Activity Rebound Supports Bullish View For Uniswap price
Now here’s where it gets interesting. Daily active addresses jumped to 1,853 from around 1,150 in prior days. That’s a material uptick in on-chain participation. Interest in Uniswap crypto isn’t just speculative but real users are interacting again and that’s the most positive thing happened.
At the same time, the 30-day MVRV ratio has improved. That metric essentially tracks whether recent buyers are underwater. With it recovering, traders from the past month are beginning to regain position strength. If momentum continues, short-term recovery pressure could build.
Still, let’s be real. A bounce doesn’t automatically mean a trend shift.
BlackRock Catalyst
So why the sudden spark in what was otherwise a bearish atmosphere?
Uniswap Labs and Securitize announced a partnership with BlackRock to enhance DeFi liquidity for institutional investors via the USD Institutional Digital Liquidity Fund (BUIDL). The collaboration enables on-chain trading of BUIDL shares through UniswapX, an auction-driven protocol.
That headline alone was enough to jolt the UNI/USD pair higher.
Institutional bridges tend to shift perception fast. And perception, especially in crypto, often drives short-term price action harder than fundamentals.
UNI/USD Key Deciding Resistance Looms
Now comes the harder part, as the intraday spike loved by all and bullish speculation already jumped. But, the worries has not over yet, as immediate resistance range sits between $5.50 and $7.00.
Clearing that band would suggest the Uniswap price is re-entering a broader bullish range. Failure to build above current momentum, however, could send UNUSD back into consolidation most likely under $4.00 again, until macro sentiment improves.
So, what’s next? For now, the Uniswap price analysis suggests that it is responding to whale accumulation, improving on-chain metrics, and an institutional headline. Whether this develops into a sustained move depends less on today’s spike and more on whether the broader market narrative decides to cooperate.
At the opening of XRP Community Day 2026, Brad Garlinghouse, CEO of Ripple, delivered a strong message to the global community, describing XRP as the “north star” and “heartbeat” of Ripple’s long-term strategy.
A celebration of the XRP community
Garlinghouse began his speech by welcoming XRP holders, developers, and partners from around the world, calling the event a celebration of the people building and supporting the ecosystem. He said the growth of XRP has been driven not only by technology but also by the strength of its global community.
XRP remains central to Ripple’s institutional strategy
According to Garlinghouse, XRP continues to guide Ripple’s institutional expansion. He explained that Ripple is focused on:
Expanding liquidity around XRP
Increasing real-world financial use cases
Strengthening enterprise adoption of the XRP Ledger
Building more on-chain financial infrastructure
He emphasized that institutions are increasingly looking for fast, low-cost cross-border payment solutions, and XRP remains a key part of that effort.
Ripple’s long-term vision toward 2030
Looking ahead, Garlinghouse said Ripple aims to grow into a global financial platform company by 2030, offering a wider range of infrastructure services while continuing to build trust across its ecosystem. He noted that utility, liquidity, and real-world adoption of XRP will remain at the center of the company’s mission.
The takeaway
Garlinghouse’s remarks reinforced Ripple’s commitment to XRP as a core part of its future, signaling that upcoming initiatives will focus heavily on expanding institutional usage and strengthening the real-world role of the XRP Ledger in global finance.
The LayerZero price doesn’t usually move quietly. This time, it detonated. A 38% intraday spike and over 75% in seven days. And suddenly, ZRO is the token everyone’s pretending they were watching all along.
What lit the match? Institutional gravity. An announcement confirming a Ark Invest CEO Cathie Wood’s advisory board addition hit the tape, reinforcing a clear narrative: finance is shifting on-chain, and LayerZero intends to be part of that infrastructure layer. Add to that a strategic investment from Tether tied to interoperability tech used by USDt0, and the story writes itself, as this shows credibility, capital, and long-term positioning.
But let’s be real. The market doesn’t move on vision alone. It moves on positioning.
LayerZero Price Surged WIth Institutional Boost
The news cycle delivered exactly what speculative markets crave for. Institutional attention, Reduced perceived project risk, Signals of long-term relevance and most importantly the fresh capital that’s looking for exposure.
That cocktail pushed the LayerZero price sharply higher and flipped sentiment fast. On the LayerZero price chart, the vertical structure is hard to ignore. ZRO/USD didn’t grind up. It sprinted.
And whenever a chart starts sprinting, traders start sweating.
Big Resistance Lies Ahead In ZRO/USD
Here’s the technical friction point. On the daily timeframe, ZRO/USD is facing resistance in the $2.45–$2.50 range. That’s the immediate ceiling. Price pushing beyond it won’t be easy, and the current hesitation suggests the rally may be running hot.
Now, the nearest round number support sits near $2.00, where possibly other major players are having eye at. If momentum cools and since overheated metrics suggest it might then that’s the level traders are quietly circling.
The broader LayerZero price prediction now hinges on one simple condition: a sustained daily close above $2.45–$2.50. Without that confirmation, upside targets near $2.90 and even $3.30 remain conditional, not promised.
Why A Dip is Likely, Because of Overheating OnChain Signals
And here’s the uncomfortable part. CryptoQuant metrics flag the asset as overheated. Futures retail activity over the past 24 hours has surged, suggesting too many late entrants are piling in at once. Historically, when retail crowds futures positioning, larger players tend to reassess risk.
Volume bubble maps across both futures and spot markets echo that heating pattern. Translation? The move may be extended in the short term.
Now, could the LayerZero crypto rally ignore these warning signs and continue higher? Absolutely. Markets love squeezing doubters. But confirmation matters.
So what’s next in LayerZero price?
If buyers defend $2.00 and build structure, the narrative holds. If price reclaims and closes firmly above the resistance band, momentum traders will chase toward higher targets.
Until then, the LayerZero price sits at a crossroads charged with institutional narrative fuel, but flashing technical exhaustion lights at the same time.
Rayhaneh Sharif-Askary, Head of Product & Research at Grayscale Investments, said XRP stands out as a highly global digital asset, highlighting its widespread international usage and cross-border relevance as key factors supporting its long-term institutional appeal.
February 11, 2026 16:38:46 UTC
Grayscale Executive Says ETF Listings Marked Key Turning Point for XRP Adoption
Live blog content goes here…
Rayhaneh Sharif-Askary, Head of Product & Research at Grayscale Investments, said last year’s approval of generic ETF listings was a significant milestone, paving the way for the launch of XRP-related and other crypto ETFs. She said that the development has played a meaningful role in expanding institutional access to digital assets.
Matt Hougan Says Current Crypto “Winter” Likely to Be Shorter
Matt Hougan said the market is experiencing a classic crypto-cycle downturn, with some investors selling ahead of the traditional four-year cycle contributing to the recent pullback. He added that improving macroeconomic conditions and the potential shift toward a rate-cut environment could make the current crypto “winter” shorter than previous downturns.
February 11, 2026 16:20:15 UTC
Reforge’s Alexander Lin: RLUSD Positioned to Reduce Market Friction Through Compliance
Alexander Lin, Co-Founder and General Partner at Reforge, said the growth of RLUSD will depend on real-world usage rather than simply adding another stablecoin to the market. He noted that Ripple’s compliance-focused approach could reduce regulatory friction for developers, adding that the combined use of XRP and RLUSD may help accelerate both institutional adoption and broader ecosystem development.
February 11, 2026 16:10:47 UTC
Dragonfly’s Rob Hadick Says RLUSD Could Challenge Stablecoin Duopoly
Rob Hadick, General Partner at Dragonfly Capital, said the launch of RLUSD is focused on “bootstrapping” adoption as the market has long been dominated by major issuers such as Circle and Tether. He added that recent developments, including Ripple’s strategic acquisitions and ongoing technology improvements, could create a “snowball effect” as traditional financial institutions begin exploring real-world usage.
February 11, 2026 15:29:21 UTC
Garlinghouse Says “Clarity Act” Has Strong Chances of Passing This Year
Brad Garlinghouse said recent constructive discussions with policymakers have increased the likelihood that the proposed crypto market structure legislation, often referred to as the “Clarity Act,” will move forward this year. He said that Ripple has been closely engaged in policy conversations, adding that he believes there is roughly a 75% chance the bill advances toward becoming law.
February 11, 2026 15:29:21 UTC
Garlinghouse: Ripple’s 2030 Vision Centers on Platform Growth and XRP Utility
Brad Garlinghouse said he expects Ripple to continue evolving as a global platform company by 2030, focused on expanding financial infrastructure services while strengthening trust across its ecosystem. He emphasized that driving utility, liquidity, and real-world adoption of XRP will remain central to Ripple’s long-term mission.
February 11, 2026 15:23:07 UTC
Garlinghouse Says ETF Growth Key to Institutionalizing Crypto Markets
Brad Garlinghouse said the expansion of crypto ETFs will play a major role in accelerating institutional participation across the sector, pointing to strong investor demand in public markets. He said that XRP-linked investment products were among the fastest to reach $1 billion in assets and now stand near $1.5 billion, signaling rising institutional appetite alongside the success of Bitcoin ETF offerings.
February 11, 2026 15:23:07 UTC
Garlinghouse Praises XRP Community, Signals Focus on Lending Activity Growth
Brad Garlinghouse praised the resilience of the XRP community, saying he is “in awe” of supporters who have stayed with the ecosystem through both strong and challenging market cycles. He added that boosting activity around lending protocols on the XRP Ledger is a key priority for Ripple as it works to expand community-driven utility and on-chain engagement.
February 11, 2026 15:17:25 UTC
Garlinghouse: OCC Banking Charter Strengthens RLUSD Compliance and Protection
Brad Garlinghouse said the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) banking charter provides a stronger regulatory foundation for RLUSD, enabling more robust compliance standards and added bankruptcy protections. He said that Ripple’s strategy prioritizes becoming one of the most regulated and compliance-focused players in the sector, positioning RLUSD as a leader under the emerging regulatory framework.
February 11, 2026 15:17:25 UTC
Garlinghouse Says XRP Remains “North Star” of Ripple’s Institutional Strategy
At XRP Community Day, Brad Garlinghouse said XRP remains the “north star” guiding Ripple’s approach to institutional adoption. He said that the company’s institutional strategy is centered on expanding liquidity and real-world utility around XRP and the XRP Ledger, with ongoing initiatives designed to strengthen enterprise use cases and on-chain financial infrastructure.
February 11, 2026 15:02:48 UTC
Ripple Shifts to “Offense” Strategy for 2026, Garlinghouse Highlights Acquisitions
Brad Garlinghouse said Ripple is entering 2026 with a more aggressive growth strategy after spending the past two and a half years largely “playing defense.” He said that the company is now focused on expanding its global presence, making up for lost time through major acquisitions and new strategic initiatives aimed at accelerating ecosystem growth.
February 11, 2026 15:02:48 UTC
Garlinghouse Calls Recent Crypto Sell-Off a “Bloodbath,” Says XRP Remains a Top Performer
Speaking at XRP Community Day, Brad Garlinghouse described the recent market downturn as a “bloodbath,” noting that the sell-off extended beyond crypto, with assets such as gold and silver also declining. He said the current drawdown is comparable to the 2022 bear cycle but said that XRP remains one of the best-performing major cryptocurrencies this year, second only to Bitcoin, while Bitcoin itself has remained largely flat since the U.S. election period.
February 11, 2026 15:02:48 UTC
Brad Garlinghouse Opens XRP Community Day, Calls Event a Celebration of the Community
Brad Garlinghouse officially kicked off XRP Community Day by welcoming XRP holders, supporters, and builders from around the world, emphasizing that the event is dedicated to the strength and growth of the XRP community. He said that the day is designed to celebrate the people driving the ecosystem forward and to highlight the community’s role in shaping XRP’s future.
February 11, 2026 14:52:06 UTC
XRP Supporters Rally as Global Community Event Draws Massive Participation
Excitement is building around XRP Community Day as supporters point to the scale of the two-day global event, which is drawing tens of thousands of participants across multiple sessions worldwide. Many community members say the turnout underscores the strong backing behind the XRP ecosystem and growing enthusiasm surrounding Ripple and its expanding global initiatives.
February 11, 2026 14:43:28 UTC
Ripple Partners With Aviva Investors to Tokenize Traditional Funds on XRPL
Ripple has announced a new partnership with Aviva Investors to tokenize traditional investment funds on the XRP Ledger. More details about the initiative will be shared during XRP Community Day, featuring discussions with Markus Infanger and Alastair Sewell on the future of tokenized finance.
February 11, 2026 14:33:10 UTC
XRP Slips Ahead of Community Day as Broader Crypto Market Weakens
XRP fell 2.91% to $1.37 over the past 24 hours, slightly underperforming the broader crypto market as risk-off sentiment intensified. The decline comes as Bitcoin dropped about 2.1%, with extreme fear across the market driving synchronized selling among major digital assets.
February 11, 2026 14:23:46 UTC
XRP Community Day Returns with Global Focus on ETFs, DeFi, and On-Chain Growth
Building on its inaugural year, XRP Community Day returns with a strong focus on how XRP is being used today and where it is headed next. Sessions across EMEA, the Americas, and APAC will cover regulated investment products, potential ETFs, wrapped XRP, expanding DeFi applications, and the continued evolution of on-chain infrastructure expected through 2026.
February 11, 2026 14:23:46 UTC
XRP Community Day Set to Kick Off Soon
XRP Community Day is set to begin shortly, with Brad Garlinghouse expected to open the event by outlining XRP’s expanding role in global financial infrastructure and capital markets.
Bitcoin dropped to about $60,000 on February 5, falling more than 50% from its October highs. A new market commentary from Grayscale suggests the crash wasn’t caused by anything specific to crypto. Instead, it followed the same pattern as a broader sell-off in high-growth tech stocks.
Grayscale’s data shows Bitcoin has been closely tracking U.S. software stocks with high valuations for at least 12 months.
The two moved almost identically during the latest downturn, which points to investors pulling back from risk assets across the board.
Is Bitcoin a Store of Value or a Growth Asset?
Grayscale’s take is direct: “We believe it’s both.”
The firm acknowledged that Bitcoin shares key traits with gold, including supply scarcity and independence from governments. But gold has been used as money for thousands of years. Bitcoin is 17 years old.
If Bitcoin succeeds long-term as a monetary asset, Grayscale expects its price to “eventually look more like gold than growth stocks, with lower volatility, a lower correlation to equity markets, and lower expected returns.”
Who Led the Sell Off?
The selling pressure came from American investors. Bitcoin on Coinbase traded well below the price on Binance around the recent lows, a sign that U.S.-based traders were offloading. Spot Bitcoin ETPs also saw around $318 million in net outflows since early February.
Long-term holders told a different story. Grayscale found no new liquidations from Bitcoin “OG Whales” based on on-chain data.
Bitcoin’s drawdown looked mild compared to altcoins. AI-related crypto tokens dropped 71% month to date. Utilities and services fell 69%. Consumer and culture tokens lost 66%. Smart contract platforms came down 58%.
What’s Next?
Looking ahead, Grayscale pointed to three areas gaining traction: privacy, perpetual futures, and prediction markets. The firm named ETH, SOL, and LINK as likely beneficiaries of growing stablecoin and tokenized asset adoption. ZEC was highlighted for privacy, and HYPE for its expansion into prediction markets.
The near-term factor to watch is the CLARITY Act. Delays in the Senate have weighed on crypto valuations, and the White House recently convened a second meeting with industry leaders to push the bill forward.
The global XRP community is coming together today for XRP Community Day 2026, a virtual event where developers, investors, institutions, and leaders from the Ripple ecosystem will discuss the growing role of XRP in real-world finance. Many traders are now asking a key question: Can this event trigger the next major XRP rally?
What to expect from the event
The event will open with a keynote from Ripple CEO Brad Garlinghouse, who is expected to highlight:
Increasing institutional adoption of XRP
Expanding use cases in cross-border payments and capital markets
The impact of regulatory clarity on long-term growth
XRP’s role in global financial infrastructure
Such announcements often improve investor sentiment, which sometimes leads to short-term price momentum.
XRP price before the event
Ahead of the event, XRP is trading around $1.39, down about 3% in the past 24 hours, largely in line with weakness across the broader crypto market. Analysts say the current price movement is mostly sideways consolidation, not a clear uptrend or downtrend.
Key technical levels traders are watching
Support zone: $1.31 – $1.43 XRP is currently holding above this important support range, which suggests buyers are still active.
First resistance: $1.54 XRP must move above this recent high to show early bullish strength.
Major breakout level: $1.63 – $1.64 A strong break above this range could open the door for a larger rally.
Lower support if weakness continues: $1.20 – $1.21 If the market drops below $1.31, this could become the next key demand zone.
Can XRP move toward $2?
For XRP to move toward $2, two conditions may be needed:
Positive announcements or strong adoption signals from Community Day
A technical breakout above the $1.63–$1.64 resistance area
Until then, analysts expect sideways movement with occasional short-term spikes, as traders wait for stronger confirmation of a sustained trend.
XRP Community Day could improve market sentiment and bring attention back to the XRP ecosystem, but price momentum will ultimately depend on whether XRP can break key resistance levels. For now, the market remains in a consolidation phase, with investors watching closely for the next decisive move.
Major asset manager Grayscale has stated that 2026 will be “the dawn of the institutional era” for digital assets like Bitcoin, Ethereum, and others.
Roughly 30% of Americans now own crypto, while approximately 165 public companies hold Bitcoin on their balance sheets or in their treasuries. Moreover, Bitcoin ETFs alone have over $116 billion in AUM. Further regulatory clarity is likely to accelerate crypto adoption to levels beyond imagination.
Pro-crypto frameworks like the GENIUS Act are setting the stage for increased legal protection for crypto investors. As a result, it is no secret that global capital is moving towards blockchain-based scarce assets.
Meanwhile, the race is on to make the perfect financial instrument or product for institutional investors. The whole situation is now unrecognizable from around 18 months ago, with additions like confidential smart contracts, AI-native payment rails, and tokenized treasury products.
Here are five breakthrough products that are changing how big capital is entering the crypto markets:
1. Gems Trade Baskets
Portfolio management is one of the hardest tasks in crypto and can get cumbersome with time. Investors have to research dozens of promising tokens, manage access between centralized and decentralized crypto exchanges, and track derivative positions across multiple wallets. A professional, dedicated trading infrastructure is the need of the hour, as market dynamics become increasingly complex.
In December 2025, Gems Trade, a European MiCA-compliant digital asset exchange, launched its Basket feature, combining entire trading flows into a single transaction. It allows investors to buy curated collections, like Layer-1s, memecoin indices, Web3 infrastructure, decentralized finance, and Layer-2s, in a single click by bundling the trading flow into one transaction.
This isn’t just price exposure, as users actually own the assets in their Gems Trade wallet. Each asset is stored using institutional-grade custody through an integration between Fireblocks and Chainanalysis.
Omri Hanover, head of Project at Gems Trade, shared: “Baskets eliminate the operational friction while preserving actual asset ownership. Traders shouldn’t need to become full-time researchers and portfolio managers just to gain sector exposure.”
2. JPMorgan’s Kinexys
While some banks have entered the highly competitive crypto ETF and treasury markets, JPMorgan has taken a more exclusive approach through its Kinexys brand. The system aims to save hours lost due to manual processes and wire transfers, enabling real-time tri-party settlement in the private equity and private credit markets.
Through the Kinexys brand, JPMorgan aims to attract institutional investors with its blockchain-based platform that enables 24/7 settlement of private instruments. Access is restricted, with eligible participants using a tokenized investor register that supports real-time visibility and automated workflows.
3. Solana & x402
AI agents face challenges when they’re forced to use traditional payment rails that charge $0.30 per 1-cent API call. To combat this, Coinbase developed the x402 protocol, which runs on Solana as the primary layer-1 network. It enables AI agents to access and purchase data without relying on traditional payment rails or subscription models.
Coinbase’s x402 is an open, chain-agnostic standard that uses HTTP 402 “Payment Required” responses as a signal to pay, allowing an app or AI agent to pay instantly and continue the request. If Sloana’s upcoming Apenglow upgrade delivers faster finality, these payments could settle even faster. The result is machine-speed transactions without manual steps or traditional payment rails.
4. Fidelity’s On-Chain Treasury Bills
Fidelity entered tokenization treasures with the Fidelity Treasury Digital Fund (FYOXX), launched in September 2025. The fund holds only U.S. Treasury instruments and cash, with an on-chain share class (FDIT) issued on Ethereum and custody handled by Bank of New York Mellon.
As of late January 2026, FYOXX reported a 3.5% 7-day yield, with over $200 million in net assets, making it an appealing option for DeFi firms seeking reliable, low-risk collateral. Fidelity’s move demonstrates how tokenizing traditional assets, such as treasuries and bonds, can accelerate growth in the digital asset economy.
5. XTrends’ Tokenized Social Momentum
Crypto markets have always been driven by attention, but tokens built mainly on celebrities, memes, or viral buzz typically crash once interest fades. The problem is launch-time extraction, as snipers and bots drain liquidity immediately, killing projects within minutes and damaging creators’ reputations.
XTrends aims to turn social momentum into investable assets. Trends, often born on social platforms like X, can be registered and minted as NFTs, allowing users to speculate on where attention is heading without chasing bot-stripped token launches. XTrends is built to curb bot-driven extraction, with launch mechanics that discourage non-human ‘sniping’ and spread early activity more evenly.
Through XTrends, creators primarily earn revenue from a 1% trading fee, aligning incentives with sustained engagement. In a 2025 pilot, the team reports that 28 launches generated $140M in volume with no marketing spend. As influencer and celebrity crypto evolves, XTrends is positioning itself to monetize attention without the pitfalls that have made early social tokens short-lived.
Blockchain Solutions: One Problem at a Time
These five products address real constraints that have built up over time. As institutions become more involved in the digital financial market, they need tools that closely align with their workflows and risk requirements. Tokenized cash and credit, one-click diversified basets, privacy-preserving on-chain execution, and tokenized treasuries are some of the building blocks that can help move DeFi into its next phase.
Selecting the best crypto to invest in requires careful analysis of utility, momentum, and future potential. While many assets fluctuate with market sentiment, a few stand out for specific reasons. Bitcoin faces renewed macroeconomic pressures, and Shiba Inu struggles with technical weakness. In contrast, Mutuum Finance (MUTM) presents a functional decentralized finance protocol with a final presale phase offering direct value. This makes MUTM a distinct candidate for capital allocation in 2026.
Bitcoin Confronts Significant Downside Pressure
Bitcoin’s price action shows considerable strain, trading well below its all-time high. Analysts at Goldman Sachs warn of potential selling pressure in traditional markets, which often correlates with DeFi crypto market declines. Technical indicators suggest Bitcoin could test the $60,000 support level.
This environment creates substantial risk for new capital. The coin’s primary narrative as a digital store of value offers little short-term yield or utility, making it a speculative hold during uncertain times. For an investor with $500, parking funds here now may lead to stagnant or diminishing value while waiting for a broad market recovery.
Shiba Inu’s Bearish Pattern Problem
Shiba Inu is painting a troubling technical picture. It recently broke down from a consolidation structure, signaling continued bearish momentum. Unlike projects with underlying platforms, SHIB’s value is heavily reliant on community sentiment and meme culture, which are waning.
The token lacks the inherent utility, revenue-sharing models, or staking yields that define more robust ecosystems. This makes it a highly volatile and speculative asset. Investing $500 here is a gamble on unpredictable social trends rather than on tangible technological progress or financial mechanics.
Mutuum Finance: A Functional DeFi Entry Point
Mutuum Finance separates itself with a live, testable protocol on the Sepolia testnet during its presale. The project has raised over $20,400,000 and attracted 18,980 holders. Currently in Phase 7, the MUTM token is priced at $0.04. This price has increased 300% from its Phase 1 price of $0.01. Phase 7 is selling out fast, nearly closing the window to acquire tokens before Phase 8 introduces a near 20% price increase to $0.045.
The confirmed launch price is $0.06, positioning current buyers for an even bigger gain before launch. Furthermore, analysts project that the recent launch of the V1 protocol on the Sepolia testnet is a critical confidence builder, demonstrating that the lending and borrowing mechanics work. This technical milestone, combined with the project’s growing holder base of over 19,000 wallets, creates a foundation for future adoption, with potential for the price to reach the $1 range as adoption grows.
Profiting from the Presale Structure
The presale structure itself is a primary feature benefiting investors. With a fixed total supply of 4 billion tokens and 45.5% allocated to the presale, early participation secures tokens before exchange listings. Over 850 million tokens have already been sold. This diminishing supply against growing demand is a key value driver.
For example, an investment of $500 at $0.04 acquires 12,500 MUTM tokens. At the $0.06 launch price, this holding is worth $750. If post-launch momentum pushes the price to $1, that same stake balloons to $12,500. This clear growth trajectory is unavailable with most tokens already on public markets.
Earning Through Protocol Participation
Beyond token appreciation, MUTM provides passive income avenues. The live lending protocol allows users to supply assets like ETH or USDT to earn yield, projected between 10-15% APY. For instance, supplying $1,000 in assets could generate approximately $100-$150 in annual yield.
Additionally, the protocol employs a buy-and-distribute model, using a portion of fees to purchase MUTM tokens and distribute them to users who stake their mtTokens. This creates a dividend-like reward system for them, directly linking platform success to investor returns.
Incentives and Security Enhance Value
Immediate investor incentives increase the attractiveness. A 24-hour leaderboard awards a $500 MUTM bonus daily to the top contributor. A separate $100,000 giveaway is ongoing, set to distribute $10,000 to each of ten winners. These programs add potential windfalls.
Crucially, the underlying smart contracts have been through a thorough audit by Halborn Security, mitigating a major risk that plagues new projects. This combination of incentives, security, and utility builds a strong case for sustainable growth.
A Compelling Case for Early Investment
Mutuum Finance presents a multifaceted opportunity centered on a working product. The presale phase offers a discounted entry before exchange listings. The protocol’s utility promises ongoing yield, and its tokenomics are designed to reward early participants. For an investor considering where to deploy $500, MUTM offers a structured path for growth based on execution, not just speculation. This stands in contrast to the broader market’s uncertainty, making MUTM the best crypto to invest in.
For more information about Mutuum Finance (MUTM) visit the links below:
The Cardano price slipped 4.21% in the last 24 hours, falling to around $0.253 and underperforming a broadly weak crypto market. The decline came just a day after ADA futures officially launched on the CME — a development many viewed as bullish.
Instead of rallying, ADA sold off. The reaction points to a classic “sell the news” move, unfolding at a time when broader market sentiment remains fragile. So What’s next for the ADA price?
CME Futures Launch Triggers “Sell the News” Move
The launch of ADA futures on CME marked an important institutional milestone. However, instead of attracting sustained spot demand, the event sparked a surge in speculative derivatives activity.
When leveraged volume rises without strong spot buying, the price often struggles to hold gains. In weak markets, positive developments can become liquidity events where traders take profits or open short-term positions.
Key Cardano Price Levels to Watch
Cardano’s price has been maintaining a steep bearish trend since October 2025, losing over 70% since then. The bears have held a strong dominance over the rally, which has strengthened the bearish trend. As the selling pressure intensified, the token lost the local support at $0.277 that pushed the price to $0.25. With the volume and volatility squeezing, the focus has again shifted to $0.22 support as technicals flash a bearish flag.
Technically, ADA is approaching oversold territory, with the RSI near 32. The price is also testing important retracement levels, suggesting the market is at a decision point.
Key levels to monitor:
Support: $0.226
Breakdown risk: $0.20
Resistance on a bounce: $0.28–$0.31
If Cardano holds above $0.226, a short-term relief bounce remains possible. However, a daily close below this level could invite further downside toward the $0.20 psychological zone.
Volume will be important. Any recovery needs strong participation to signal real buying interest.
The Bottom Line: Market Outlook Remains Cautious
Cardano’s drop does not appear to be isolated. The entire crypto market has been under pressure, with total market capitalization down more than 3% and Bitcoin sliding alongside it.
There is also a noticeable rotation of capital into AI-focused equities, limiting upside across digital assets. At the same time, continued outflows from U.S. spot Bitcoin ETFs have added structural selling pressure.
In this environment, altcoins like ADA tend to suffer more during risk-off phases. The current move reflects broader market weakness rather than a Cardano-specific breakdown.
For now, the trend remains under pressure. Cardano’s decline reflects a mix of macro headwinds and a lack of sustained spot demand following the CME futures launch.
Oversold conditions could support a tactical bounce, but the structure remains fragile. The key question is whether ADA can defend $0.226 and attract real buyers—or whether broader weakness will continue to weigh on the price.